You are on page 1of 345

HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

(HNDIT)

SRI LANKA INSTITUTE OF ADVANCED TECHNOLOGICAL EDUCATION (SLIATE)

Detailed Syllabus-2014

Designed to Implement Outcome Based Education (OBE) with Student Centered Learning
(SCL)
Introduction And Background ............................................................................. ………….11

Curriculum Of Higher National Diploma In It Program 2014 Onwards.......................... 12

Program Learning Outcomes ............................................................................................... 15

Curriculum Outline for 2014 – Higher National Diploma in Information Technology


(HNDIT) Designed to implement Outcome Based Education (OBE) with Student
Centered Learning (SCL)...................................................................................................... 18

Year 1 – Semester I ................................................................................................................ 18

Year 1 – Semester II .............................................................................................................. 19

Year 2 – Semester III ............................................................................................................. 19

Year 2 – Semester IV ............................................................................................................. 21

Certificate Course in Teaching Methodology for IT ..……………………...…………….23

Year 3 – Semester V - In-plant Training ............................................................................. 23

HNDIT Part Time Program.................................................................................................. 24

Summary of Curriculum outline for HNDIT ...................................................................... 24

Detailedsyllabus- 2014 ........................................................................................................... 25

Year 1 – Semester I ................................................................................................................ 25

HNDIT1101: Personal Computer Applications ...................................................... 26

HNDIT1102: Computer Hardware .......................................................................... 27

HNDIT1103: Structured Programming .................................................................. 29

HNDIT1104: Data Representation and Organization ............................................ 30

2|Page
HNDIT1105: Database Management Systems ........................................................ 32

HNDIT1107: Mathematics for IT............................................................................. 34

HNDIT1108: English for Technology I .................................................................... 38

Year 1 – Semester II .............................................................................................................. 39

HNDIT1209 – Object Oriented Programming........................................................ 40

HNDIT1210: Graphics and Multimedia .................................................................. 41

HNDIT1211: Data Structures and Algorithms ....................................................... 43

HNDIT1212: System Analysis and Design .............................................................. 44

HNDIT1213: Data Communications and Networks ............................................... 46

HNDIT1214: Statistics for IT ................................................................................... 48

HNDIT1215: English for Technology II .................................................................. 50

HNDIT1216: Human Values and Professional Ethics.......................................... 522

Year 2 – Semester III ........................................................................................................... 566

HNDIT2301: Operating System and Information Security ................................. 577

HNDIT2302: IT Project Management ................................................................... 599

HNDIT2303: Principles of Management and Economics ...................................... 61

HNDIT2304: Project (Group) ................................................................................. 622

HNDIT2305: English for Technology III............................................................... 634

Developer Track Option ...................................................................................................... 655

HNDIT2311: Rapid Application Development ..................................................... 655


3|Page
HNDIT2312: Principles of Software Engineering ................................................ 677

HNDIT2313: Object Oriented Analysis and Design ............................................. 699

Administrator Track Option .............................................................................................. 701

HNDIT2321: Advanced Database Management Systems .................................... 701

HNDIT2322: Data Communication and Network – II ......................................... 723

HNDIT2323: Enterprise Information Security ..................................................... 745

Analyst Track Option .......................................................................................................... 766

HNDIT2331: Introduction to Business Analysis .................................................. 766

HNDIT2332: Management Information Systems ................................................. 788

HNDIT2333: E-Commerce ....................................................................................... 80

Year 2 – Semester IV ........................................................................................................... 812

Common Core ….…………………………………………………………………………...82

HNDIT2401: Computer Architecture .................................................................... 834

HNDIT2402: Free and Open Source System......................................................... 856

HNDIT2403: Professional Issues in IT ................................................................. 878

HNDIT2404: Project (Individual) ............................................................................ 90

HNDIT2405: English for Technology IV ............................................................... 912

Developer Track Option ...................................................................................................... 923

HNDIT2411: Enterprise Architecture ................................................................... 923

HNDIT2412: Software Configuration Management ............................................ 945


4|Page
HNDIT2413: Web Application Development ........................................................ 967

HNDIT2414: Computer Graphics and Animation ............................................... 989

HNDIT2415: Digital Image Processing.................................................................. 101

HNDIT2416: Digital Video and Audio................................................................. 1012

HNDIT2417: Mobile Application Development .................................................. 1023

Administrator Track Option ............................................................................................ 1045

HNDIT2421: Server Administration.................................................................... 1045

HNDIT2422: Network and Data Centre Operations .......................................... 1079

HNDIT2423: Disaster Recovery & Business Continuity Planning (DR&BCP)1102

HNDIT2424: Database Administration ............................................................... 1124

HNDIT2425: Database Programming Project .................................................... 1146

Analyst Track Option ........................................................................................................ 1168

HNDIT2431: Software Testing ............................................................................. 1168

HNDIT2432: Technical Report Writing ............................................................ 11820

HNDIT2433: Software Quality Assurance ........................................................ 11921

HNDIT2434: Business Analysis - Tools & Processes .......................................... 1213

HNDIT2435: System Analysis Case Study .......................................................... 1235

Academic Track Option (Optional fot HNDIT)............................................................. 1257

HNDIT2441: Teaching Methodology for IT........................................................ 1257

HNDIT2442: Principles of Education .................................................................. 1268


5|Page
HNDIT2443: Educational Measurement ............................................................. 1289

HNDIT2444: Educational Psychology ............................................................... 12931

Year 3 – Semester V ........................................................................................................... 1302

In-plant Training ................................................................................................... 1302

NEW CURRICULUM- DETAILED LEARNING OUTCOMES.................................. 1313

Year 1 – Semester I ............................................................................................................ 1313

HNDIT1101: Personal Computer Applications .................................................. 1313

HNDIT1102: Computer Hardware ...................................................................... 1335

HNDIT1103: Structured Programming .............................................................. 1368

HNDIT1104: Data Representation and Organization ........................................ 1413

HNDIT1105: Database Management Systems .................................................... 1457

HNDIT1106: Web Development ......................................................................... 14850

HNDIT1107: Mathematics for IT......................................................................... 1513

HNDIT1108: English for Technology I ................................................................ 1557

Year 1 – Semester II ........................................................................................................ 15860

HNDIT1209: Object Oriented Programming ................................................... 15860

HNDIT1210: Graphics and Multimedia ............................................................ 15961

HNDIT1211: Data Structures and Algorithms ................................................... 1634

HNDIT1212: System Analysis and Design ........................................................ 16870

HNDIT1213: Data Communications and Networks ........................................... 1702


6|Page
HNDIT1214: Statistics for IT ............................................................................... 1746

HNDIT1215: English for Technology II ............................................................ 17981

HNDIT1216: Human Values and Professional Ethics........................................ 1813

Year 2 – Semester III ......................................................................................................... 1813

HNDIT2301: Operating Systems and Information Security ............................. 1824

HNDIT2302: IT Project Management ................................................................. 1824

HNDIT2303: Principles of Management and Applied Economics ...................... 186

HNDIT2304: Project (Group) ............................................................................. 18991

HNDIT2305: English for Technology III............................................................... 200

Developer Track Option …………………………………………………………………...203

HNDIT2311: Rapid Application Development ................................................... 2013

HNDIT2312: Principles of Software Engineering .............................................. 2036

HNDIT2313: Object Oriented Analysis and Design ........................................... 2068

Administrator Track Option ............................................................................................ 2101

HNDIT2321: Advanced Database Management Systems .................................. 2101

HNDIT2322: Data Communication and Network – II ....................................... 2157

HNDIT2323: Enterprise Information Security ................................................... 2179

Analyst Track Option ........................................................................................................ 2235

HNDIT2331: Introduction to Business Analysis ................................................. 2235

HNDIT2332: Management Information Systems ............................................. 22931


7|Page
HNDIT2333: E-Commerce ................................................................................... 2313

Year 2 – Semester IV ......................................................................................................... 2357

HNDIT2401: Computer Architecture ................................................................. 2357

HNDIT2402: Free and Open Source Software ................................................. 23840

HNDIT2403: Professional Issues in IT ................................................................ 2424

HNDIT2404: Project (Individual) ........................................................................ 2457

HNDIT2405: English for Technology IV ............................................................. 2546

Developer Track Option ...................................................................................................... 256

HNDIT2411: Enterprise Architecture ................................................................. 2568

HNDIT2412: Software Configuration Management ............................................ 260

HNDIT2413: Web Application Development ........................................................ 265

HNDIT2414: Computer Graphics and Animation ........................................... 26870

HNDIT2415: Digital Image Processing ................................................................ 2724

HNDIT2416: Digital Video and Audio................................................................. 2746

HNDIT2417: Mobile Application Development .................................................... 276

Administrator Track Option ............................................................................................ 2879

HNDIT2421: Server Administration.................................................................... 2879

HNDIT2422: Network and Data Center Operations .......................................... 2902

HNDIT2423: Disaster Recovery & Business Continuity Planning ................... 2936

HNDIT2424: Database Administration ............................................................... 2969


8|Page
HNDIT2425: Database Programming Project ...................................................... 301

Analyst Track Option ........................................................................................................ 3025

HNDIT2431: Software Testing ............................................................................ 3025

HNDIT2432: Technical Report Writing ............................................................. 3058

HNDIT2433: Software Quality Assurance ......................................................... 3103

HNDIT2434: Business Analysis - Tools & Processes ......................................... 3136

HNDIT2435: System Analysis Case Study ....................................................... 31720

APPENDIX 1 ....................................................................................................................... 3214

HNDIT CURRICULUM REVISION PROPOSAL WITH ANALYSIS REPORT ON


HNDIT DIPLOMA HOLDERS EMPLOYMENT SURVEY- 2011 .............................. 3214

Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 3214

Survey Analysis ………………………………………….………………………………….324

Existing Curriculum .......................................................................................................... 3258

Detail structure for HNDIT Program (2 ½ years) .......................................................... 3258

1st Semester Contents ............................................................................................. 3258

2nd Semester Contents ............................................................................................ 3269

3rd Semester Contents ............................................................................................ 3269

4th Semester Contents .......................................................................................... 32730

5th Semester Contents .......................................................................................... 32831

In-plant Training ................................................................................................. 32831

9|Page
APPENDIX 2 ..................................................................................................................... 32932

GUIDELINES FOR INTERNSHIP ................................................................................ 32932

Higher National Diploma in Information Technology ..................................................... 330

Objectives............................................................................................................................ 3314

Responsibility of Students ................................................................................................. 3314

List of training areas to be covered .................................................................................. 3325

Rules & regulation ........................................................................................................... 33742

Responsibility of the Institute (SLIATE) ......................................................................... 3402

Responsibility of the Training Organization ................................................................... 3414

Assessment Details ............................................................................................................. 3425

10 | P a g e
Introduction and Background

The Higher National Diploma in Information Technology (HND‐IT) program at the Sri
Lanka Institute of Advance Technical Education (SLIATE) was developed and commenced
in the year 2000 with the objective of producing the middle level IT professionals required
for the new millennium. The initial curriculum designed for the course was revised two times,
first in year 2005 followed by the second in year 2007. However, both the revisions were of
minor nature and did not affect the status core of the program. A major revision was done
with the University of Moratuwa through the IRQUE project in year 2011.

The course aims at school leavers with GCE (A/L) qualifications in Mathematics, Science,
Accountancy and Arts streams. Candidates are selected through the order of merit in their
GCE (A/L) examination and through an aptitude/ IQ test. According to the existing
curriculum documentation, the aims and objectives of the initial course are stated as follows.

Course Aims:

 Provide Information Technology personal to cater to the demands in the next


millennium.
 Provide a conceptual basis for more advanced studies in Information Technology
field.

Course Objectives:

At the end of the diploma the student should be able to:

 Function as a software developer.


 Train personals in IT skills.
 Use IT skills in the area of automation.
 Make use of IT skills in decision making in an organization.

The course duration consisted of five semesters namely Semester I, Semester II, Semester III,
Semester IV and Semester V, covered over a period of two and half calendar years. Academic
activities were held during the first four semesters and during the fifth semester students were

11 | P a g e
required to complete a full‐time industrial placement. The duration of each semester was 15
weeks.

From 2007 the program was planned to be offered through nine different institutes
throughout the country under SLIATE. The program had a significant demand during the
initial years but has started to face increased competition since there cent past from other
parallel programs offered by the state and private sector institutions as well as from the
external IT related degree programs offered by state universities.

In a response to this situation in 2011 SLIATE has decided to go ahead with a major
revamp of the program inclusive of a major curriculum revision through funding available
under the World Bank supported “Improving Relevance and Quality of Undergraduate
Education (IRQUE)” project. In a parallel effort to this a second initiate was also taken to
start another Higher Diploma program specializing in the area of Software Engineering
through funding available from the Asian Development Bank supported “Education for the
Knowledge Society (EKSP)” project. These two initiatives, even though supported by two
different projects had the same common objectives of improving the relevance, quality and
demand of the Higher National Diploma in Information Technology program offered by the
Sri Lanka Institute of Advanced Technological Education.

Curriculum of HIGHER NATIONAL DIPLOMA in IT Program


2014 Onwards

Program Development Background

The restructuring of the Curriculum of the HND in IT (HNDIT) program 2011 to 2013 has
been done in order to implement the Outcome Based Education (OBE) with the Student
Centered Learning (SCL) in order to improve the quality of the HNDIT diploma holders.

In order to do this the following guidelines have been used.

12 | P a g e
Guidelines used for the Content Development:

1. Restructure and further develop the five recommendations which were identified in the
research study (Please refer the Appendix 1 - HNDIT Curriculum Revision Proposal
with Analysis Report on HNDIT Diploma Holders Employment Survey- 2011) under
the sub titles - Recommendations, Actions and Outcomes.
2. New code system for all the subjects has implemented according to the following format.
HNDIT Y S CU
HNDIT – 5 Digits for the Course Title
Y – 1 Digit for the Year (1, 2)
S – 1 Digit for the Semester (1, 2, 3, 4, 5)
CU – 2 Digits for the Course Units
3. All the subjects in the curriculum have been organized as Fundamentals, Intermediate and
Advanced. Further to that, special care has been taken to improve not only knowledge and
skills but also the attitudes of the students.
4. Reorganized the 1stSemester subjects in order to reduce the work load. This has done by
removing subjects such as Office Productivity Applications (IT A001) and merging
subject contents with Personal Computer Hardware and System Operations (IT 1001),
Mathematics for Computing (IT 1002) and Data Representation and Organization (IT
1004).
5. Reorganized the 2nd Semester subjects by moving Probability and Statistics (IT3001) in
order to make Mathematics related subjects to continue from the Semester 1 up to
Semester 3.
6. Language related subjects have been introduced from the Semester 1 up to Semester 4.
7. Identified and implemented the 3rdSemester of the new curriculum with subjects in such a
way that Core modules subjects and supporting module subjects in a ratio such as 6 or 7
Core Subjects to 3 Supporting subjects.
8. Identified and implemented the 4thSemester of the new curriculum with subjects in such a
way that Core modules subjects and supporting module subjects in a ratio such as 4 Core
Subjects to 2 Supporting subjects.
9. Language and Mathematics have been considered as Supporting Subjects.
10. To develop contents in each subject, 3 Text Books were used relevant to the subjects
which were published in year 2013.
13 | P a g e
11. Referred National and International curriculums and organized the new curriculum
structure accordingly.
12. Obtained supervision and guidance from the Heads of the IT department and a Senior
Professor in IT from a University to develop the new curriculum.
13. Student academic progression and lateral entry /exit points- 3 Exit Points.
a. First after completing 1st year- Advanced Certificate
b. Second after completing 1 ½ years (3 Semesters) – Diploma
c. Third and Final after completing 2 ½ years – Higher National Diploma

Guidelines for Evaluations (Full time/Part time):

14. For the completion of In-plant training credits should be allocated as 6 with GPA.
15. Common evaluation criteria should be implemented for all Core and Supporting subjects
as
a. Final Paper Mark / Assignment as 50/ 50 and
b. Minimum Final Paper Mark should be according to the examination by-laws.
16. Assignment Structure for Core Subjects should be
a. Two Assignments
i. Group assignment with a presentation (Common and individual marks)
and
ii. Individual assignment
17. Assignment Structure for Supportive Subjects (English, Mathematics, Statistics,
Management and Economics) should be
a. One Assignment
i. Group assignment with a presentation (Common and individual marks) or
ii. Individual assignment

Program Aims

 Provide Information Technology personnel to cater to the demands in the current


Information Technology field.
 Provide a conceptual basis for more advanced studies in Information Technology
field.

14 | P a g e
Program Objectives

At the end of the diploma the student should be able to;


 Function as a software developer.
 Train personnel in IT skills.
 Carryout in‐depth analysis on problems and requirements in the area of specialization.
 Develop solutions for complex problems that require in depth analyzing the area of
specialization.
 Take managerial decision of the implementation, configuration and maintenance of
solutions in the area of specialization.

Program Learning Outcomes

Program learning outcomes and the skills and competencies expected at different levels of the
curriculum are as follows.

Level Skill /Competency Expected Learning Outcomes


Levels

Advanced Certificate Enriched with  Ability to install and maintain


in Information fundamental theoretical (including basic hardware maintenance)
Technology knowledge and practical personal computers and networking
(After the completion exposure required in devices in general office environment.
utilizing ICT in an office  Ability to configure basic messaging
of one year)
environment and networking services on client
computers.
 Determine requirements and
specifications of devices and software
for general office use.
 Develop small software application and
websites for general office work.

Diploma in Developed with  Ability to analyze problems and issues


Information competencies, skills and in the specialized domain
Technology knowledge in a broader  Ability to determine solutions and
spectrum of specialized requirements for identified problems in
(After the completion
areas in Information the specialized domain.
of one and half years)
Technology.  Ability to configure, manage and
maintain ICT solutions in the
15 | P a g e
specialized application domain.
 Ability to provide necessary information
to the senior management for making
decisions in the areas related to the
specialized domain.

Higher National Developed with in‐depth  Carryout in‐depth analysis on problems


Diploma in knowledge and and requirements in the area of
Information competencies in the specialization.
Technology selected specialized area  Develop solutions for complex
(After the completion of ICT. problems that require in depth analyzing
of complete program) the area of specialization.
 Take managerial decisions of the
implementation, configuration and
maintenance of solutions in the area of
specialization.

Note: Those who are leaving the program with successful completion of any level will be
entitled to obtain the respective highest level certificate.

Performance Criteria and Graduation Requirements

The following guidelines are recommended in evaluating student performance throughout the
progression of the course and determining graduation requirements for the final award as well
as awards at lateral exit points.

General Assessment Policy


Common examination by-laws approved by the Governing Council.

Teaching and Learning Environment

Resource Requirements:
Teaching, referencing, laboratory and other required resources to teach the modules in the
curriculum have been identified for each module in the detailed syllabus. In general these
resources will include the following.
a. Computer laboratory facilities with Internet access for software design and
other related modules.

16 | P a g e
b. Test platform laboratory for conducting practical work related to installation and
configuration of systems and communication services.
c. Access to e‐learning and Computer Based Training (CBT) facilities as described in
relevant syllabi.
d. Reference text books listed in the detailed syllabus for each module.

Use of e‐Learning Platforms:

The new curriculum introduces several significant changes to the way that Higher National
Diploma program is delivered and administered. These changes range from introduction of
new specialization options to modernization of the curriculum content with some of the
modern and emerging subject areas. It is imperative that significant efforts are needed to
upgrade the course delivery and administration mechanisms to obtain the true benefits of
these changes in terms of improving the quality and relevance of the program and in
achieving the expected outcomes.

It is important to note that the curriculum introduces new subjects from diverse areas of
information technology and hence would require resources and expertise from the same areas
of specialization. Most of these subjects are related to emerging technologies where searching
qualified resource personnel would be difficult and time consuming. However on the other
hand, the quality of the program would depend on the availability of such resources not only
in one ATI but across the entire network where the program is offered. Therefore the
training of existing staff has already been started for these subjects with the guidance and
support from the leading technological providers of the country.

SLIATE has already moved into an e‐Learning based platform (SLIATE LMS) for
supporting the delivery and administration of the new curriculum. The e‐learning platform
has been used to facilitate sharing of resources, centralized implementation of course delivery
and assessment tools, centralized administration and learner management using modern
computer based learning material.

17 | P a g e
Curriculum Outline for 2014 – Higher National Diploma in Information
Technology (HNDIT) Designed to implement Outcome Based Education
(OBE) with Student Centered Learning (SCL)

Code System:

HNDIT Y S CU C

HNDIT – 5 Characters for the Course Title, Y – 1 Digit for the Year (1, 2), S- 1 Digit for the
Semester (1, 2, 3, 4, 5), CU- 2 Digits for the Course Units, Total Code length – 9 Digits

Year 1 – Semester I

Hours
Module Code Module Title Module Type Credits Status
L P T
HNDIT1101 Personal Computer Applications Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA
HNDIT1102 Computer Hardware Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA
HNDIT1103 Structured Programming Common Core 02 04 - 04 GPA
HNDIT1104 Data Representation and Organization Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA
HNDIT1105 Database Management Systems Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA
HNDIT1106 Web Development Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA
HNDIT1107 Mathematics for IT Common Core 01 01 01 02 GPA
HNDIT1108 English for Technology I Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA
TOTAL 09 20 01 18

L- Lecture, P- Practical, T-Tutorial Total Credits = 18, Hours = 30

18 | P a g e
Year 1 – Semester II

Hours
Module Code Module Title Module Type Credits Status
L P T
HNDIT1209 Object Oriented Programming Common Core 02 04 - 04 GPA
HNDIT1210 Graphics and Multimedia Common Core 01 04 - 03 GPA
HNDIT1211 Data Structures and Algorithms Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA
HNDIT1212 Systems Analysis and Design Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA
HNDIT1213 Data Communications and Networks Common Core 02 02 - 03 GPA
HNDIT1214 Statistics for IT Common Core 01 - 02 02 GPA
HNDIT1215 English for Technology II Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA
Human Values and Professional -
HNDIT1216 Ethics Common Core 02 - 02 NGPA
TOTAL 11 18 02 20

L- Lecture, P- Practical, T-Tutorial Total Credits = 20, Hours = 31

Year 2 – Semester III

Hours
Module Code Module Title Module Type Credits Status
L P T
Common Core
Operating Systems and Computer
HNDIT2301 Security Common Core 01 02 02 GPA
HNDIT2302 IT Project Management Common Core 01 02 02 GPA
HNDIT2303 Principles of Management and Common Core 01 02 02 GPA
Applied Economics
HNDIT2304 Project(Group) Common Core 03 04 GPA
HNDIT2305 English for Technology III Common Core 01 03 02 GPA
Total 04 12 12

19 | P a g e
Hours
Module Code Module Title Module Type Credits Status
L P T
Developer Track Option
HNDIT2311 Rapid Application Development Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2312 Principles of Software Engineering Track Elective 01 02 02 GPA
HNDIT2313 Object Oriented Analysis and Design Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Total 03 10 08

Hours
Module Code Module Title Module Type Credits Status
L P T
Administrator Track Option
Advanced Database Management
HNDIT2321 Systems Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2322 Data Communication and Network – II Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2323 Enterprise Information Security Track Elective 01 02 02 GPA
Total 03 10 08

Hours
Module Code Module Title Module Type Credits Status
L P T
Analyst Track Option
HNDIT2331 Introduction to Business Analysis Track Elective 01 02 02 GPA
HNDIT2332 Management Information Systems Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2333 E-Commerce Track Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Total 03 10 08

L- Lecture, P/T- Practical/ Tutorial

Total Credits = 20 (Common Core =12, Track Elective= 08) Hours= 29 (Common Core =16,
Track Elective= 13)

Note: Relevant lecturer must be present in the laboratory when practical are conducted.
20 | P a g e
Supervision of Project (Group): Group-Maximum 5 students, Maximum 3 Groups per Lecturer

Year 2 – Semester IV

Hours
Module Code Module Title Module Type Credits Status
L P T
Common Core
HNDIT2401 Computer Architecture Common Core 01 02 02 GPA
HNDIT2402 Free and Open Source Systems Common Core 01 02 02 GPA
HNDIT2403 Professional Issues in IT Common Core 02 02 GPA
HNDIT2404 Project(Individual) Common Core 01 03 06 GPA
HNDIT2405 English for Technology IV Common Core 01 03 02 GPA
Common
Total Core 06 13 14

Hours
Module Code Module Title Module Type Credits Status
L P T
Developer Track Option
HNDIT2411 Enterprise Architecture Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2412 Software Configuration Management Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2413 Web Application Development Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2414 Computer Graphics and Animation Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2415 Digital Image Processing Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2416 Digital Video and Audio Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2417 Mobile Application Development Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Total Credits required 03 12 09

21 | P a g e
Hours
Module Code Module Title Module Type Credits Status
L P T
Administrator Track Option
HNDIT2421 Server Administration Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2422 Network and Data Centre Operations Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Disaster Recovery & Business Continuity
HNDIT2423 Planning Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2424 Database Administration Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2425 Database Programming Project Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Total Credits required 03 12 09

Hours
Module Code Module Title Module Type Credits Status
L P T
Analyst Track Option
HNDIT2431 Software Testing Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2432 Technical Report Writing Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2433 Software Quality Assurance Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2434 Business Analysis - Tools & Processes Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2435 System Analysis Case Study Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Total Credits required 03 12 09

L- Lecture, P/T- Practical/ Tutorial

Total Credits = 21 (Common Core =12, Track Elective= 09),

Hours= 34 (Common Core =19, Track Elective= 15)

Students are required to obtained 12 credit from common core and 09 credits from the
selected track options (Developer, Administrator or Analyst)

Note: Relevant lecturer must be present in the laboratory when practical are conducted.

22 | P a g e
Certificate Course in Teaching Methodology for IT

Hours
Module Code Module Title Module Type L P T Credits Status
HNDIT2441 Teaching Methodology for IT Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2442 Principles of Education Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2443 Educational Measurement Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2444 Educational Psychology Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Total Credits required 03 12 09

Note: The Certificate Course in Teaching Methodology for IT has been designed for the
students who are willing to join in academic sector in IT.

Those who require to follow Certificate Course in Teaching Methodology should follow this
course in addition to the one of the three tracks namely developer, administrator or analyst as
an optional track.

They should participate in the subjects EN 2218(Principles of Education), EN


2221(Educational Measurement) and EN2224 (Educational Psychology) which are offered in
weekend Part time Higher National Diploma in English program to fulfill the course
requirements.

A special certificate will be awarded for those who have successfully completed the course.

Year 3 – Semester V - In-plant Training

Total Credits = 06 (GPA) and Total Months = 06

Note: The Internship in the field of Information Technology consider as a compulsory course
unit with the minimum duration of 15 consecutive weeks/540hrs within a period of six
months.

Training institute can be selected either by students or by the SLIATE through NAITA. Refer
Appendix 2 for the Guidelines for Internship (SLIATE) hand book.

23 | P a g e
HNDIT Part Time Program

Basis for time allocation in part time program:

01 lecture hour per week = 01 credit, 01 practical/tutorial+02 self-learning hours=01 credit

Summary of Curriculum outline for HNDIT

Total Hours/Week Credits


Year Semester Common Develop. Admin. Analyst
GPA NGPA Total
Core Track Track Track
Year 1 Semester I 30 30 30 30 18 - 18
Year 1 Semester II 31 31 31 31 18 02 20
Year 2 Semester III 29 29 29 29 20 - 20
Year 2 Semester IV 34 34 34 34 23 - 23
Year 3 Semester V - - - - 06 - 06
Total 124 124 124 124 85 02 87

Total Number of Credits = 85(GPA) + 02(NGPA),

Total Number of Contact Hours=124

24 | P a g e
Detailed syllabus- 2014

Year 1 – Semester I

Hours
Module Code Module Title Module Type Credits Status
L P T
HNDIT11012 Personal Computer Applications Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA
HNDIT11022 Computer Hardware Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA
HNDIT11034 Structured Programming Common Core 02 04 - 04 GPA
HNDIT11042 Data Representation and Organization Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA
HNDIT11052 Database Management Systems Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA
HNDIT11062 Web Development Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA
0
HNDIT11072 Mathematics for IT Common Core 01 01 1 02 GPA
HNDIT11082 English for Technology I Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA
TOTAL 09 20 01 18

L- Lecture, P- Practical, T-Tutorial Total Credits = 18, Hours = 29

Note: Relevant lecturer must be present in the laboratory when practical are conducted.

25 | P a g e
HNDIT1101: Personal Computer Applications
Personal Computer
Module Code HNDIT11012 Module Title
Applications
Credits 2 Lectures 1
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 3
Semester 1 Module Type Core Compulsory

Module Aims & Objectives


To develop skills and knowledge required in using computers in an office environment
for general office applications
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Describe suitable types of software for general office application and simple
work automation
 Effectively use a word processing software application
 Effectively use a spreadsheet application
 Prepare presentation on computers
 Create and use simple databases on desktop environments

Outline Syllabus

1. Word processing fundamentals and application of word processing software


2. Spreadsheets and working with tabular data
3. Using presentation tools
4. Fundamentals of databases and using database applications for management of
small databases

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Assignment 1 - Individual 20%

Continuous Assessment Assignment 2 - Individual 20%

Assignment 3 – Group 10%

26 | P a g e
End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects followed by hands-on
laboratory work and assignments

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer laboratory with Internet access and necessary software development tools
installed.

Prescribed Text
[1]. Online training material available for Microsoft office suit from
http://office.microsoft.com

HNDIT1102: Computer Hardware


Module Code HNDIT1102 Module Title Computer Hardware
Credits 2 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 1 Module Type Core Compulsory

Module Aims & Objectives


To develop the fundamental skills required in installation, configuration, maintenance and
management of personal computer systems and simple data communication devices in a
general office environment

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Describe how computer hardware components work with software components
 Identify and install various hardware components and the software they need to
function properly
 Describe and configure system resources within a computer system
 Make technical assessments and describe faults and problems in a personal computer
 Describe the hazards to computer systems and take steps to prevent or control those
hazards

27 | P a g e
 Perform various maintenance functions to ensure data safety prolong the life of the PC

Outline Syllabus

1. External configuration and basic operations (Connecting components, powering up,


login, mounting / un-mounting external devices, shout down procedures etc.)
2. Storage management – Folder structure and hierarchy, File and folder management,
Copying and moving files, formatting removable devices
3. Device installation, configuration and management (printers, scanners, modems)
4. System administration and management (Backup and restore, application installation
and un-installation, user account and access management)
5. PC internal components and the modular design (System board, peripheral devices and
interfaces, add-on hardware interfaces etc.)
6. Assembling a PC

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Assignment 1 - Individual 30%


Continuous Assessment
Assignment 2 - Group 20%
End of semester
Final Structured Paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Browsing Internet, watching video tutorials, practical, Assembling hardware components

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

PC Maintenance tool kit set. Defective Motherboards and expansion Cards

Prescribed Text

[1]. PC Upgrade and Maintenance Guide By Micro Hill


[2]. A+ GUIDE TO HARDWARE: Managing, Maintaining, and Troubleshooting

28 | P a g e
HNDIT1103: Structured Programming
Module Code HNDIT1103 Module Title Structured Programming
Credits 04 Lectures 30
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 1 Module Type Core compulsory

Module Aims & Objectives


Envisage skills for the development of application programmes through systematic
problem solving skills

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
 Apply systematic approach to problem solving
 Design, compile and execute C++ programs to solve basic problems
 Use appropriate data types for representation of data within a programme
 Use appropriate control structures for defining logical instruction flow
 Explain the difference between call by value and call by reference
 Understand the dynamics of memory by the use of pointers
 Use different data structures and create/update basic data files

Outline Syllabus

1. Program design tools: Flow chart/pseudo codes


2. Introduction to C++ development environment
3. C++ Program Structure
4. Data types, Variables and Constants
5. Expressions, Statements, and Operators in C++
6. Language control structures (sequence, selection and repetition)
7. Branching and Recursion
8. Console I/O functions
9. Structured Data Type : Arrays
10. Functions
11. Pointers
12. Structures
13. File handling and File based input / output

29 | P a g e
14. Fundamentals of program testing and debugging

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


Tutorials and lab assignments related to
20%
Continuous Assessment classroom teaching

Mini programming project 30%


End of semester
Structured written paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Fundamentals covered in classroom teaching supported by laboratory assignment, e-Learning
material and hands-on lab sessions, Self-guided mini programming project

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Access to computer lab with C++ development environment, Access to Internet and Online
learning materials

Prescribed Text

[1]. Tony Gaddis and BarretKrupnow ,Starting out with C++ Brief: International Edition,
Pearson,ISBN 9780321479709
[2]. Deitel and Deitel, C++ How To Program J. R. Hubbard, Schaum's outline of theory and
problems of programming with C++, McGraw-Hill, ISBN13: 9780070308374

HNDIT1104: Data Representation and Organization


Module Code HNDIT1104 Module Title Data Representation & Organization
Credits 2 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 1 Module Type Common Core

30 | P a g e
To enable the students to understand and describe how information and data are represented
inside a computer system

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Describe the terms data, information, Weighted and non-weighted number systems
 Describe and use different number formats and convert data between different number
formats
 Describe and use appropriate coding schemes for data representation
 Describe and determine the precision and range associated with different numerical
representation
 Select appropriate coding and data representation scheme for a given application
considering their advantages, disadvantages and limitations

Outline Syllabus

1. Basic-Weighted and non-weighted number systems and decimal representation of


numerical values and the theory /concept behind decimal number system
2. Logic gates and Boolean algebra
3. Different types of number systems and symbols. Decimal to Binary Conversions /
Octal / Hexadecimal (& vice versa) and binary to Octal and Hexadecimal (& vice
versa), Binary Operations
4. Signed Integer Representation (Signed Magnitude, Complement Systems and basic
arithmetic)
5. Fixed and Floating-Point Representation
6. Character Codes (BCD, EBCDIC, ASCII, UNICODE)

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


In-class discussions, group work, Quizzes,
Continuous Assessment 50%
Assignments and tutorials
End of semester
Structured exam paper 50%
examination

31 | P a g e
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities
Classroom teaching of theoretical subject matter supported by group presentation, discussion,
assignments and tutorials.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


No special equipment required. However access to internet and reference text book will be
useful

Prescribed Text
[1]. The Essentials of Computer Organization and Architecture (fourth Edition), Linda Null
and Julia Lobur , ISBN-13: 978-1284045611

HNDIT1105: Database Management Systems


Module Code HNDIT 1105 Module Title Database Management Systems
Credits 2 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 45
Semester 1 Module Type Common core

Module Aims & Objectives


Develop fundamental skills required in planning, organizing, and storage retrieval of information
in computer systems and skills required for managing / administrating small and mid-range
database systems.

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
 Describe the fundamental concepts in databases and data processing
 Analyze and systematically represent relationships in data records and perform data
modeling Create, populate and manage relational databases in desktop and server
environments
 Use query languages to populate, update and retrieve data from databases
 Implement basic security in database systems Outline Syllabus

32 | P a g e
 An introduction to data processing and databases, Database management systems, Data
analysis and Data modeling (ER diagrams and conceptual modeling)
 Relational models and normalization
 Creating databases using GUI tools Query Languages (Standard Query language)
Introduction to database security

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to DBMS
2. Database model & Scheme
3. Data Base Design ER model
4. Structured Query Language
5. Table normalization
6. Security concepts & introducing advanced database concepts

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


Continuous Assessment Class assignments, Group activity, Team based
activity and tutorials 50%

End of semester examination Structured exam paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Student centered teaching learning activity use to achieve each outcome

Resources: Equipments, Tools and Materials


Computer lab with Internet access, desktop database (such as MS Access or compatible) Server
with a SQL database (MSSQL Server or MySQL Server) and management tools

Prescribed Text
[1]. RamezElmasri and Shamkant B. Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, (6th Ed.),
Addison-Wesley, Alison Anthony Butcher, Sams Teach Yourself MySQL in 21 Days
[2]. Balter, Teach yourself Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express in 24 Hours, Pearson
Education

33 | P a g e
HNDIT1106: Web Development
Module Code HNDIT1106 Module Title Web Development
Credits 2 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 45
Semester 1 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives


To develop skills required for using Internet and software tools associated with the Internet
for information search, retrieval, and networking for improving productivity at work.
To develop skills and knowledge required for development and deployment of simple
websites with static content.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Describe the history and the development of the Internet
▪ Describe operation and governance in the Internet
▪ Connect a computer to the Internet using different connection options
▪ Use common Internet based applications such as WWW, email, FTP etc.
▪ Describe and use emerging applications and social networking tools (Face Book,
YouTube, Twitter etc.)
▪ Apply necessary security measures for transaction over the Internet
▪ Develop and deploy web site using HTML

34 | P a g e
Outline Syllabus

1. History and development of the Internet, How Internet operates and Internet
governance
2. Different ways of connecting to the Internet
3. Common Internet based applications (WWW, email, FTP etc.)
4. Types of web-sites (Static, Dynamic, Collaborative and Syndication etc.)
5. Migration from Web 1.0 to Web 2.0 and the differences between them
6. Modern Web applications (Social Networking, e-Commerce, e-Governance)
7. Data security issues in Internet (Viruses, Adware & Spyware, Trojan programs etc.)
8. Protecting data in the Internet
9. Mark up languages – HTML basics
10. Inserting images, links and Lists
11. Designing tables using HTML
12. Designing forms using HTML
13. Use of styles(CSS) and frames
14. Website development using a design tool
15. Deploying websites

Assessment Weight
Type Activity Weighting

In class participation and quizzes 20%


Continuous Assessment
Design a web Site 30%
End of semester
Structured question paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects followed by hands-on
laboratory work and assignments

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


Computer laboratory facility with Internet access

Prescribed Text

35 | P a g e
Text Books:
[1]. Preston Gralla, How Internet Works (7th Edition), ISBN: 0789729733 , Que publishers

Internet Resources:
[2]. Wikipedia page on the Internet - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet
[3]. Wikipedia page on the History of the Internet -
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_the_Internet
[4]. Wikipedia page on Web 2.0 - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_2.0
[5]. W3 Schools web site

HNDIT1107: Mathematics for IT


Module Code HNDIT1107 Module Title Mathematics for IT
Credits 2 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 1 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives


• To introduce set theory and their algebraic relationships
• To introduce matrices and algebraic relationships and to enable the students to understand
multi-dimensional representation of data and information
• To provide core knowledge of Mathematics as a background in advanced topics such as
Graphics & Multimedia, Probability & Statistics
• To guide students to apply appropriate mathematical knowledge and skills towards solving
problems that are beyond ordinary coursework

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Construct Sets and describe basic set operations
 Describe and use algebraic operations in Sets
 Identify relations and functions
 Examine the characteristics of relations and functions
 Describe the matrices and apply basic algebraic operations on matrices

36 | P a g e
 Solve systems of linear equations using matrices

Outline Syllabus

1. Sets and basic Set operations


2. Construction of Sets
3. Algebra of relations
4. Introduction to Functions
5. Types of Functions
6. Matrices and basic matrix operations
7. Singularity and Determinants
8. Systems of linear equations

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

In class assignments and quizzes


Continuous Assessment Take home assignments and 50%
tutorials
End of semester examination Structured exam paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom based teaching and learning supported by group discussions, tutorials and
assignments.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


Internet resources and Matlab version 7 will be helpful

Prescribed Text

[1]. Internet Resource: http://www.sosmath.com Richard Johnsonbaugh, Discrete Mathematics,


Prentice Hall, 2008
[2]. Richard Johnsonbaugh, Discrete Mathematics 6th ed. Macmillan. ISBN 0-13-045803-1
[3]. Keith Devlin, (2nd ed.) 1993. The Joy of Sets. Springer Verlag, ISBN 0-387-94094-4

37 | P a g e
HNDIT1108: English for Technology I
Module Code HNDIT1108 Module Title English for Technology
Credits 2 Lectures 1
GPA/NGPA NGPA Hours /Week Lab/Tutorial 3
Semester 1 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives


To develop language competence in all four aspects of language with special focus on
different tenses
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
 Read and understand texts written on different themes
 Guess the meanings of words from context and grasp the overall message of the text,
draw inferences etc.
 Improve listening skills so that it helps improve their pronunciation and comprehension
 Organize information under a given topic

Outline Syllabus

1. Tenses
2. Prepositions
3. Passive voice
4. Determiners
5. Developing paragraphs
6. Informal letters
7. Writing and Replying to invitations
8. Drafting notices
9. Writing-mails
10. Memos

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Take home assignment/written test/Oral test 50%

38 | P a g e
End of semester
Final structured paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom teaching & group activities supported by audio visual resources

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


Teaching material, additional reference material, audio visual material

Prescribed Text

[1]. Longman Dictionary of Contemporary English with DVD , Pearson Longman


[2]. Balasubramanian T., A Text Book of English Phonetics for Indian students
[3]. K.R. Lakshmi Narayanan, English for Technical Students Vol. 1& 2 Sci tech Publications
[4]. Raymond Murphy Intermediate English Grammar 2nd Edition Cambridge University Press

Year 1 – Semester II

Module Hours
Module Title Module Type Credits Status
Code L P T
HNDIT1209 Object Oriented Programming Common Core 02 04 - 04 GPA
HNDIT1210 Graphics and Multimedia Common Core 01 04 - 03 GPA
HNDIT1211 Data Structures and Algorithms Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA
HNDIT1212 Systems Analysis and Design Common Core 01 02 - 02 GPA
Data Communications and
HNDIT1213 Common Core 02 02 - 03 GPA
Networks
HNDIT1214 Statistics for IT Common Core 01 - 02 02 GPA
HNDIT1215 English for Technology II Common Core 01 03 - 02 GPA
Human Values and Professional
HNDIT1216 Common Core 02 - - 02 NGPA
Ethics
TOTAL 11 18 02 20

L- Lecture, P- Practical, T-Tutorial Total Credits = 20, Hours = 31

Note: Relevant lecturer must be present in the laboratory when practical are conducted.

39 | P a g e
HNDIT1209 – Object Oriented Programming
Module Code HNDIT1209 Module Title Object Oriented Programming
Credits 04 Lectures 30
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 2 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives


Develop skills required to use JAVA programming language for software application
development
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Create simple to intermediate level software applications using the standard I/O routines
in JAVA
 Understand and be able to apply the various data types and structures
 Understand and use basic object oriented programming techniques
 Understand and use procedural abstraction and top-down design
 Identify possible types of errors and how to handle them
 Create programs that store and access data to and from files
 Create simple Java applets for use in web pages
 Understand multithreading in java

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to JAVA language and JAVA Programming environment


2. Data Types and Variables
3. Comments , documentation comments
4. Using Methods, Classes, and Objects
5. Conditions and Logical Expressions
6. Using repetition and selection statements
7. Strings and wrapper classes
8. Arrays and complex record structures
9. Exception handling
10. Inheritance, Polymorphism, Abstraction and Interfaces

40 | P a g e
11. Multithreading
12. Java Applets
13. Graphics in JAVA
14. Using Swing Components and libraries

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

In-class assignments and quizzes (Individual) 25%


Continuous Assessment
Programming assignments(group) 25%
End of semester
Structured/essay examination paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom based teaching on the theoretical aspects of the programming language supported by
group work, assignments and quizzes etc. Hands-on sessions through programming assignment
and lab sessions

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


Computer laboratory with necessary infrastructure and software tools installed. Access to
Internet and online courseware material

Prescribed Text

HNDIT1210: Graphics and Multimedia


Module Code HNDIT1210 Module Title Graphics and Multimedia
Credits 03 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 2 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives


To develop skills required in designing and integration of multimedia content in software
applications

41 | P a g e
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
 Demonstrate different concepts of graphics and multimedia and select appropriate
content formats for a given application
 Apply different configuration and delivery related parameters into multimedia content
creation and Editing
 Use common multimedia and image editing tools to create and edit multimedia contents
 Deploy multimedia content using different types of media

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to multimedia and multimedia concepts


2. Types of multimedia (vector, raster, linear and nonlinear etc.)
3. Raster and Vector content
4. Typography
5. Audio, video and animation
6. Multimedia data compression schemes and standards
7. Multimedia delivery methods
8. Multimedia editing tools

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


In-class discussions, group work, assignments
Continuous Assessment 50%
and tutorials
End of semester examination Structured exam paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom teaching of theoretical subject matter supported by group work, assignments and
tutorials
Hands-on skills in multimedia development through take home assignments and laboratory
exercises

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

42 | P a g e
Computer laboratory with network, Internet access and graphic and multimedia development
tools installed
Access to audio / video and graphic input devices (scanners, cameras, graphic tablets etc.)

Prescribed Text

[1]. Prabhat K. Andleigh , Prabhat K. Andleigh, Multimedia Systems Design, Prentice Hall
ISBN: 01-30-8909-52
[2]. John Dimarco, Computer Graphics and Multimedia: Applications, Problems and Solutions,
IGI Global, ISBN:15-91-4026-62

Online Resources:

[3]. Learning materials from popular multimedia editing software vendors

HNDIT1211: Data Structures and Algorithms


Module Code HNDIT1211 Module Title Data Structures and Algorithms
Credits 02 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 45
Semester 2 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives


To develop skills in selection and application of appropriate data structures for a given
data representation and to develop skills required for time and space analysis of
algorithms

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
 Understand and demonstrate the concept and philosophy behind different types of data
structures
 Select and implement appropriate data structures using the features of a programming
languages
 Analyze and optimize time and space complexity of algorithms

43 | P a g e
Outline Syllabus
1. Introduction to Data Structure and Algorithm
2. Array Data Structure
3. Linked List Data Structure
4. Stack Data Structure
5. Queue Data Structure
6. Tree Data Structure
7. Sorting Algorithms
8. Searching Algorithms

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


Assignment 1 - Individual 30%
Continuous Assessment
Assignment 2 - Group 20%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Browsing Internet, watching video tutorials, practical, group discussion/learning

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


C++ installed Personnel Computer

Prescribed Text

[1]. Data Structures and Algorithms in C++ by Michiel T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia&
David Mount

HNDIT1212: System Analysis and Design


Module Code HNDIT1212 Module Title System Analysis and Design
Credits 02 Lectures 1
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 2
Semester 2 Module Type Common Core

44 | P a g e
Module Aims & Objectives
To provide an understanding of the role of systems analysis and design within various
systems development lifecycles

To develop an awareness of the different approaches that might be taken to systems


analysis and Design

To understand the activities of the systems analyst and systems designer, and apply some
current Techniques

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
 Describe different lifecycle models and explain the contribution of the systems analysis
and design within them
 Discuss various approaches to systems analysis and design and explain their strengths
and weaknesses
 Evaluate the tools and techniques of systems analysis and design that may be used in a
given context
 Use appropriate methods and techniques to produce an analysis of a given scenario
 Use appropriate methods and techniques to produce a system design for an given
scenario
 Provide suitable documentation for systems analysis and design activities

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to System Analysis and Design


2. Software development lifecycles
3. Requirement elicitation and business analysis
4. System analysis and design tools
5. Logical Data flow Design
6. System testing
7. System conversion
8. System maintenance

45 | P a g e
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


Assignment 20%
Continuous Assessment
Case study 30%
End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom based teaching on the theoretical aspects of the subject supported by discussions,
group work and tutorials

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


Self-directed studies based in on-line resources, case studies and reports
Access to Internet and online resources (case studies and reports)

Prescribed Text
[1]. Bennett, S., McRobb, S., and Farmer, R Object-oriented systems analysis and design using
UML, McGraw-Hill (3rd edition), 2006, ISBN-13 978-0-0711000-0
[2]. Avison, D. and Fitzgerald, G. Information systems development: methodologies, techniques
and tools,McGraw-Hill (4th edition), 2006, ISBN-13 978-0-07-711417-6
[3]. Maciaszek, L.A Requirements analysis and systems design: developing information systems
with UML,Addison-Wesley (3rd edition) 2007
[4]. Yeates, D (editor) Business Analysis, The British Computer Society 2006, ISBN-13 978-1-
902505-70-1

HNDIT1213: Data Communications and Networks


Data Communication and Computer
Module Code HNDIT1213 Module Title
Networks
Credits 03 Lectures 30
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 2 Module Type Core Module

46 | P a g e
Module Aims & Objectives
To develop basic knowledge and skills required to understand basic principles of data
communication and networking in a computer environment.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Describe how computers are interconnected and operations of computer networks,
protocols used in computer networks
 Identify and various hardware components used for computer networks and their
functionality
 Describe the usage of computer networks and their advantages and configure networks
 Describe and identify practical implementation, troubleshooting and usage of computer
network in an organizational environment
 Maintain and monitor network operation on an effective corporate network

Outline Syllabus

1. Basic concepts-Network fundamentals and advantages, intranet and internet concepts


2. Signal and Modulations-Analog and Digital transmission, AM, FM, Signal modulation
methods, Signal attenuation
3. Network Media-Coaxial, UTP, STP and wireless access methods, Fiber optics, Cable
crimping and testing
4. LAN components-NIC, Switches, HUB and routers, network design and
implementation
5. ISO Layered Architecture-All seven layers and header and trailers, functionalities,
TCP/IP
6. Protocols-Internet protocols with TCP/IP and other protocols, FTP, TELNET, DNS,
DHCP, SMTP, POP3, ARP and RARP
7. IP addressing-IPv4,IPv6, Subnet mask and network id and host id
8. Network Security-CID triads and security solution, Encryption, Digital signature

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

47 | P a g e
Assignment 1 - Individual 30%
Continuous Assessment
Assignment 2 - Group 20%
End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Browsing Internet, watching video tutorials, practical, build simple computer network

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Network cards, Network Cables, Clipping tools, Cable Testers and RJ45 Clips etc, Electronic
work bench.
Prescribed Text

[1]. Data and Computer Communications, 10th Edition, By William Stallings Published by
Pearson, Copyright © 2014
[2]. Computer Networks , 5th Edition , by Andrew S. Tanenbaum, ISBN-13: 978-0132126953

HNDIT1214: Statistics for IT


Module Code HNDIT1214 Module Title Statistics for IT
Credits 02 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 2 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives


The aim of this module is to provide an introduction to the use of statistical methods for the
analysis IT related problems

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 To compute statistical parameters from raw data and observations
 To describe statistical parameters and their significance with respect to the nature of
raw data
 To conduct systematic experiments using statistical techniques and explain the
interpretation of such experiments and their results
 Use statistical techniques for data analysis

48 | P a g e
Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to Statistics
2. Frequently used terms in Statistics
3. Methods of Collecting Data
4. Methods of Sampling
5. Organization and Summarization of Data
6. Sigma Notation and its Properties
7. Measures of Location
8. Measures of Dispersion
9. Permutation and Combinations
10. Introduction to Probability
11. Rules of Probability
12. Tree Diagrams, Conditional Probabilities
13. Probability Distributions
14. Expected Value and Variance
15. Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distributions

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


Discussion, Quiz, Presentation and
20%
Case Study
Continuous Assessment
SEQ and Assignments( SPSS) 30%

End of semester examination Structured question paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom based teaching supported by discussions, group work, tutorials, SEQ, Quiz,
Presentations, cases study and assignments.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Use of SPSS or any statistical software package will be helpful

Prescribed Text

49 | P a g e
[1]. Murray Spiegel, John Schiller, A. Srinivasan, Easy Outline of Probability and Statistics,
McGraw-Hill,ISBN:0071383417
[2]. Murray Spiegel, John Schiller, and R. Alu Srinivasan, Schaum's Outline of Probability and
Statistics, 3rdEdition, McGraw-Hill, ISBN: 0071544259
[3]. Gunnar Blom, Probability and Statistics: Theory and Applications, Springer-Verlag, ISBN:
3540968520

HNDIT1215: English for Technology II


Module Code HNDIT1215 Module Title English for Technology
Credits 2 Lectures 1
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA NGPA Lab/Tutorial 3
Semester 2 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives


To develop language competence in all four aspects of language with special focus on
some special elements in sentences

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Recognize different perspectives and assumptions in communication
 Apply principles of good interpersonal communication
 Skills of persuasion and negotiation in communication
 Ability to review and practice strategies for giving and receiving feedback
 Draft effective business letters on different matters
 Explain industrial processes with adequate descriptions
 Form descriptive sentences and compound and complex sentences

50 | P a g e
Outline Syllabus

1. Clauses and Phrases


2. Conjunctions
3. Adjectives
4. Adverbs
5. Describing a process
6. formal letters
7. Narratives
8. Accounts on professional experience
9. comparison & contrast
10. Role-play
11. Telephone conversation

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Take home assignment/written test/Oral test 50%


End of semester
Final structured paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom teaching & group activities supported by audio visual resources

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Teaching material, additional reference material, audio visual material

Prescribed Text

[1]. English Skills for Technical Students, WBSCTE with British Council, OL
[2]. Essential Grammar in Use (with CD) Cambridge University Press, 2009
[3]. Farhathulla, T.M, Orient Blackswan, Communication skills for Technical Students, 2008
[4]. Robert J. Dixson, Everyday Dialogues in English, Prentice-Hall of India Ltd. 2006
[5]. ParvathiNagasundaram , Essential Grammar CRC Printers

51 | P a g e
HNDIT1216: Human Values and Professional Ethics
Module Code HNDIT1216 Module Title Human Values and Professional Ethics
Credits 2 Lectures 02
Hours/Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorials -
Semester 2 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims and Objectives

• To help the students to appreciate the essential complementarities between


‘VALUES’ and ‘SKILLS’ to ensure sustained happiness and prosperity which are the
core aspirations of all human beings
• To provide a systematic and rational understanding of Personal and Social
Responsibility, through both conceptual and application- oriented understanding
• To highlight plausible implication of such a holistic understanding in term of ethical
human conduct, trustful and mutually satisfying human behaviour and mutually
enriching interaction with nature

Learning Outcomes

• Enhance the students’ awareness, and knowledge about the Human Values and
Professional Ethics
• Enrich the students to do their professional work with values and ethics in real world
• Prepare the students to become a positive role model for others

Outline Syllabus
Module 1: Course Introduction – Need, Basic Guidelines, Content,
Process for Value Education and Character Development.
1. Understanding the need, basic guidelines, content and process for Value
Education.
2. Self Exploration- what is it? – its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’
and Experiential Validation’- as the mechanisms for self exploration.
3. Continuous Happiness and Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspiration and

52 | P a g e
Specific Virtues.
Responsibility, Initiative, Loyalty, Decisiveness, Honesty, Enthusiasm,
Punctuality, Dependability, Creativity, Patience, Tolerance, Courage,
Perseverance, Determination, Sensitivity, Caring, Respect, Benevolence,
Self-Discipline, Humility.
4. Right Understanding, Relationship and Physical Facilities- the basic
requirement for fulfillment of aspiration of every human being with their
correct priority.
5. Understand the value of managing the time - Concepts of time management,
Strategies to handle wasters and some Techniques, useful in Time
Management.
Module 2: Understanding Harmony in Human Being and the Concept of
Positive Thinking and Managing Conflicts
6. Understanding human being as co- existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the
material ‘Body’.
7. Positive Thinking - What is an attitude?, Positive minded person, Negative
minded person, Importance of developing Positive Attitudes, Characteristics
of a positive thinking person, How to develop and maintain positive attitudes.
8. Anger Management - Types of Anger, Expressing Anger and Strategies for
Anger Management.
9. Solution of Student Conflicts - Meaning of Student Conflicts and Importance
of Conflict Solutions.
Module 3: Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- harmony
in Human- Human Relationship.
10 Understanding harmony in the Family- the basic unit of human interaction.
11 Understanding the values in human- human relationship, Trust and Respect as
. the foundational values of relationship.
12 Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of
. family).
13 Social Responsibility - Meaning of Responsibility and Social Responsibility,

53 | P a g e
. Levels of Social Responsibility, Religious thoughts on Social Responsibility,
Areas of Social Responsibility, and Social Commitments.
14 Some Aspects of Industrial Psychology (IP) - Meaning of IP, IP and Personal
. & Social Responsibility, Perception and Selective Perception, Fatigue,
Monotony and Boredom, Morale and Management of Impression.
Module 4: Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony
on Professional Ethics.
15 Natural acceptance of Human Value.

16 Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct.

17 Competence in Professional Ethics:


. a) Ability to utilize the professional competence for augmenting
universal human order.
b) Ability to identify the scope and characteristics of people- friendly
and eco- friendly production systems, technologies and management
models.
c) Definition of Business Ethics.
d) Ethical Decision Making Principles.
e) Characteristics of Ethical Behavior.

Assessment and Weighting

Type Activity Weight

Individual Project 20%


Continuous Assessment
Group Project and Presentation 80%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Practical samples should be given by using case studies, assignments, group activities,
presentations, role play, etc.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials:


Access to computer, Multimedia projector and reference books

54 | P a g e
Prescribed Text
[1]. Bajpai, B. L., 2004 Indian Ethos and Modern Management, New Royal Book Co,
Lucknow. Reprinted 2008
[2]. Dhar, P. L., Gaur, R. R., 1990, Science and Humanism, Commonwealth Publishers.
[3]. Opatha, H.H.D.N.P. and Others, (2006), Personal and Social Responsibility, Department
of Human Resource Management, Faculty of Management Studies and Commerce,
University of Sri Jayewardenepura, Nugegoda, Sri Lanka.
[4]. Palekar, S., 2000, How to practice Natural Farming, Pracheen (Vaidik)
KrishiTantraShodh, Amravati
[5]. R. R. Gaur, R. Sangal, G.P. Bagaria, 2009, Foundation course in Human Values and
Professional Ethics, Excel Books, New Delhi.
[6]. R. R. Gaur, R. Sangal, G.P. Bagaria, 2009, Foundation course in Human Values and
Professional Ethics- Teacher’s Manual, Excel Books, New Delhi
[7]. Tripathy, A. N. , 2003, Human Value, New Age International Publishers.

55 | P a g e
Year 2 – Semester III
L- Lecture, P/T- Practical/ Tutorial

Module Module Hours Credit


Module Title Status
Code Type L P T s
Common Core
Operating Systems and Computer
HNDIT2301 Common Core 01 02 02 GPA
Security
HNDIT2302 IT Project Management Common Core 01 02 02 GPA
Principles of Management and
HNDIT2303 Common Core 01 02 02 GPA
Applied Economics
HNDIT2304 Project(Group) Common Core 03 04 GPA
HNDIT2305 English for Technology III Common Core 01 03 02 GPA
Total 04 12 09

Module Module Hours Credit


Module Title Status
Code Type L P T s
Developer Track Option
Track
HNDIT2311 Rapid Application Development Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Track
HNDIT2312 Principles of Software Engineering Elective 01 02 02 GPA
Track
HNDIT2313 Object Oriented Analysis and Design Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Total 03 10 08

Module Module Hours Credit


Module Title Status
Code Type L P T s
Administrator Track Option
Advanced Database Management Track
HNDIT2321 Systems Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Data Communication and Network – Track
HNDIT2322 II Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Track
HNDIT2323 Enterprise Information Security Elective 01 02 02 GPA
Total 03 10 08

56 | P a g e
Module Module Hours Credit
Module Title Status
Code Type L P T s
Analyst Track Option
Track
HNDIT2331 Introduction to Business Analysis Elective 01 02 02 GPA
Track
HNDIT2332 Management Information Systems Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Track
HNDIT2333 E-Commerce Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Total 03 10 08

Total Credits = 17 (Common Core =09, Track Elective= 08), Hours= 29 (Common Core
=16, Track Elective= 13)

Note: Relevant lecturer must be present in the laboratory when practical are conducted.

Supervision of Project (Group):

Group-Maximum 5 students, Maximum 3 Groups per Lecturer

HNDIT2301: Operating System and Information Security


Module Code HNDIT2301 Module Title Operating System and Information Security
Credits 2 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30

Semester 3 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives


To provide skills and knowledge in issues related to computer and information security and
develop the ability to take necessary actions in securing computer systems and information.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

 State the basic concepts in information security


 Explain concepts related to applied cryptography
 Explain the concepts of malicious code, including virus, Trojan horse, and worms
 Explain common vulnerabilities in computer programs and take necessary

57 | P a g e
remedial actions
 Outline the requirements and mechanisms for identification and authentication
and explain issues about password authentication
 Explain and compare security mechanisms for conventional operating systems.
 Describe security requirements for database security
 Describe threats to networks, and explain techniques for ensuring network security

Outline Syllabus

1. Basic concepts in computer security – threats, vulnerabilities, risks and controls etc.
2. Basic cryptography
3. Program security – Flaws and Defenses
4. Security in conventional operating systems and trusted operating systems
5. Database management systems security
6. Network security
7. Management of security

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


In Class participation, group work and
20%
discussions
Continuous Assessment
Tutorials and take home assignments,
30%
including self-directed research on Internet
End of semester examination Final structured examination paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Primary mode: classroom based teaching and activities inclusive of group work, discussions
and tutorials, Self-directed research, case studies and hands-on session in structured laboratory
environment.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer Laboratory with internet facilities.

Prescribed Text

[1]. Charles P. Pfleeger and Shari L. Pfleeger. Security in Computing (3rd edition). Prentice-
Hall. 2003. ISBN: 0-13-035548-8
58 | P a g e
HNDIT2302: IT Project Management

Module Code HNDIT2302 Module Title IT Project Management


Credits 2 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 3 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives


To develop an appreciation of key, generic project management concepts and techniques as
well as those techniques and approaches those are specific to the management of software
projects.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Explain how a project can be broken down into stages and what each stage contributes
to the project
 Select appropriate techniques to use in different stages of a project
 Justify the appropriateness of these techniques and apply them to practical situations
 Explain the limitations of the project approach in developing information/software
systems
 Explain the roles and responsibilities of a project manager
 Identify relevant software tools for different project management activities

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to project management and the profile of a software project


2. Project Integration Management
3. Scope Management
4. Time Management
5. Cost Management
6. Quality Management
7. Human Resource Management
8. Communications Management
9. Risk Management

59 | P a g e
10. Procurement Management
11. Roles and responsibilities of a project Manager

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


In Class participation, group work and 50%
Continuous Assessment
Tutorials
End of semester 50%
Final structured examination paper
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Primary mode: classroom based teaching and activities inclusive of group work,
discussions and tutorials.

Self-directed learning: students are expected to learn features of common project


management software through self-learning material supplied with the application package.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


Self-learning activities require a computer laboratory with Project Management software
installed and having Internet access.

Prescribed Text

[1]. Information Technology Project Management” Kathy Schwalbe, Sixth Edition,


THOMSON Course Technology, (ISBN 81-315-0123-X)
[2]. Steve McConnell, Software Project Survival Guide, Microsoft Press, ISBN:
1572316217
[3]. Harold Kerzner, Project Management: A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling,
and Controlling, Wiley; 8th edition, ISBN: 0471225770

HNDIT2303: Principles of Management and Applied Economics


Principles of Management
Module Code HNDIT2303 Module Title
Applied and Economics
Credits 2 Lectures 30
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 15
Semester 3 Module Type Common Core

60 | P a g e
Module Aims & Objectives
To Enrich the students with fundamental knowledge required for supporting
management information systems and managerial decision making.

To enhance the student’s awareness, and knowledge about the working context in
an organization.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
 Recognize organizational environment and apply management theories
 Identify the skills needed by managers and managerial roles
 Recognize the importance of human resource management and motivation
theories
 Apply economic principles in day to day business operations

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to Management
2. Introduction to Organization and Organization Environment
3. Evolution of Management Thought
4. Managerial Decision Making and Problem Solving
5. The Process of Planning
6. The Process of Organizing
7. The Process of Leading
8. The Process of Controlling
9. Importance of Economics

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


In-class participation and activities
Continuous Assessment 50%
Tutorials and assignments.
End of semester
Final structured examination paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


61 | P a g e
Primary mode – classroom based teaching supported by group work, discussions and
tutorial assignments.
Self-directed learning through take-home assignments and reading.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


Self-learning activities require with Internet access

Prescribed Text
[1]. Management (6th edition), By James A.F. Stoner & R. Edward Freeman, ISBN:
81-297-0252-5, Prentice Hall

[2]. Economics(10
thedition),ByLipsey&Chrystal ISBN:0-1956-6902-
1,OxfordUniversityPress.

HNDIT 2304: Project (Group)

Module Code HNDIT2304 Module Title Project (Group)


Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 45
Semester 3 Module Type Optional for Analyst track

Module Aims & Objectives


To provide the students the experience of a software development project in a
team environment, that is close to the environment in the IT industry.

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
 To work productively as a team
 Design and implement a complex project as a team
 Present the project to a technical audience

Outline Syllabus

1. Formats of the key milestones of the Project


2. Project Proposals
3. Project Report – Interim/ Progress/ Final

62 | P a g e
4. Development, Testing, and Implementation
5. Structure of the Report
a. Introduction
b. System Analysis
c. System Design
d. Development
e. Testing
f. Implementation
g. Evaluation and Conclusion
h. References

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Project Proposal 10%


Meetings with Supervisor (Log Form) 10%
Continuous Assessment Interim presentation/ Poster presentation 20%
Final Presentation 30%
Final product demonstration 30%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Refer detailed guidelines.(Page 189)

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


Refer detailed guidelines. (Page 189)

Prescribed Text

HNDIT2305: English for Technology III


Module Code HNDIT2305 Module Title English for Technology III
Credits 2 Lectures 1
GPA/NGPA NGPA Hours /Week Lab/Tutorial 3
Semester 3 Module Type Common Core

63 | P a g e
Module Aims & Objectives
To develop language competence in all four aspects of language with special focus on
communicative situations

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Communicate in a safe, interactive environment
 Exercise ethical considerations in the development and presentation of ideas
 Making effective presentations
 Develop effective speech introductions and conclusions
 Develop useful advertising language
 Skills of keeping formal records of meetings

Outline Syllabus

1. Grammar :Compound and Complex Sentences, Modals, Conditionals


2. Speaking& Listening: Presentation skills, Conducting Meetings, Making a speech
3. Reading: Intensive and Extensive Reading based on material related to technology
4. Writing : Preparing Agenda’s and Minutes, Preparing Advertisements

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Take home assignment/written test/Oral test 50%

End of semester examination Written exam 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom teaching & group activities supported by audio visual resources

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


Teaching material, additional reference material, audio visual material

Prescribed Text

[1]. Meenakshi Raman &Sangeetha Sharma Technical Communication-Principles and Practice

64 | P a g e
Oxford University Press,New Delhi(2004)
[2]. Barker A. Improve Your Communication Skills Kogan Page India vt Ltd, New Delhi
[3]. Adrian Doff and Christopher Jones Language in Use (Upper Intermediate) Cambridge
University Press, Asian edition

Developer Track Option

HNDIT2311: Rapid Application Development

Module Code HNDIT2311 Module Title Rapid Application Development


Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Developer track option

Module Aims & Objectives


To provide a firm foundation on Rapid Application Development concepts to familiarize with
software development using common RAD tools and environments.
To develop skills and knowledge required for development and deployment RAD Project in
Real Time

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Explain Rapid Application Development (RAD) concepts
 Determine environments where RAD is suitable and applicable
 Use RAD tools and environments for software application development
 Develop Project using RAD tools

65 | P a g e
Outline Syllabus

1. Traditional and modern application development methods, their advantages and


disadvantages, working with RAD GUI
2. Interface design for RAD applications using a common RAD
3. Issues in RAD & RAD tools
4. Selection & Decision in VB.Net
5. Methodologies commonly used in Rapid Application Development and RAD life
cycles
6. Basic Object oriented Programming Concepts
7. Different methods of providing database integration and connectivity into an
application
8. Develop database connectivity layers into an application
9. Components of service oriented application architectures in a RAD environment
10. Deployment technique for RAD applications and environments

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

In class participation and quizzes 10%


Continuous Assessment
Self-directed RAD Development Project 40%
End of semester
Structures question paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


RAD concepts, best practices and other related theoretical aspects will be carried through
class-room teaching supported by group work, case study based reading assignments
To develop hands-on skills students will engage in a structured RAD application development
project during the laboratory sessions.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer laboratory with Internet access, RAD development tools and reference material

Prescribed Text

66 | P a g e
Internet Resources:

[1]. http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/2x7h1hfk.aspx

Text Books

[2]. Whitten, Jeffrey L.; Lonnie D. Bentley, Kevin C. Dittman. (2004). Systems Analysis and
Design methods. 6th edition. ISBN 025619906X.
[3]. Steven McConnell, Rapid Development, WP Publishers & Distributors (P) Ltd. ISBN:
81-7853-013-9

HNDIT2312: Principles of Software Engineering

Module Code HNDIT2312 Module Title Principles of Software Engineering


Credits 2 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Developer track option

Module Aims & Objectives


To impart a firm understanding of what it means to be a software engineer and to develop
skills in using best practices through the software development life cycle.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Explain the principles of software engineering and appreciate the need for engineered
process in software development
 Understand and be fluent in the use of software engineering terminology and
nomenclature
 Be capable of intelligently communicating with most members in a software
development organization (management, analysts, architects, developers)
 Be able to create and use planning, requirements analysis, domain analysis and design
artifacts and carry them into code
 Be capable of taking on the role of systems analyst in a software development
organization

67 | P a g e
 Be able to document all phases of the software development processes

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to software engineering


2. Software development life cycle – from requirements analysis to software design,
Coding, testing, maintenance etc.
3. Software requirement specification – different models for identifying software
requirements
4. Software design methodologies
5. Coding and documentation
6. Software testing
7. Software project management
8. Software configuration management.

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Assignment 1 – Individual 30%


Continuous Assessment
Assignment 2 - Group 20%
End of semester
Final Structured Paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Primary mode – classroom based teaching supported by discussions, group work and tutorial
assignments Self-directed learning – through reading assignments and study of documented
case studies.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials
No special requirements – self-directed learning component would require computer facilities
with Internet access.

Prescribed Text
[1]. Shari Lawrence Pfleeger and Joanne M. Atlee, Software Engineering, Theory and
Practice, 3 rd edition, ISBN: 0-13-146913-4 R. Pressman

68 | P a g e
[2]. Software Engineering- A Practitioners Approach, , McGraw Hill , Ion Sommerville

HNDIT2313: Object Oriented Analysis and Design

Module Code HNDIT2313 Module Title Object Oriented Analysis and Design
Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Developer track option

Module Aims & Objectives


To enrich students with fundamental concepts in Object Oriented Analysis and Design.
To develop skills required in developing software using Object Oriented concepts and
paradigms.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Describe Object Oriented Analysis and Design concepts and apply them to solve
problems
 Prepare Object Oriented Analysis and Design documents for a given problem using
Unified Modeling Language
 Develop software in C++ using Object Oriented Design principles

Outline Syllabus

1. Object Oriented Concepts


2. Object oriented programming in C++
3. Object Oriented Analysis and Modeling
4. Software Development Process
5. Creating Use Case Diagrams & class diagrams
6. Object Diagrams and Composite Structure Diagrams
7. Object Oriented Design and Modeling using UML
8. Working with State diagrams
9. Discovering Object Interactions & activity diagrams.
10. Object Oriented Analysis and Design Project

69 | P a g e
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


In class activities, discussions,
15%
group work and tutorials
Continuous Assessment
Object Oriented Analysis and
35%
Design Project
End of semester
Final Structured Paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Primary mode – Theoretical concepts in Object oriented analysis and design will be taught in
the class room supported by group work and tutorial assignments.

Students will learn to apply these theories in practical situations and will learn Object Oriented
Programming in C++ based on self-directed and structured programming assignments during
the laboratory sessions.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer laboratory with Internet access and Object Oriented Modeling tools and C++
programming environment installed.

Prescribed Text

[1]. Jeffrey L. Whitten, Lonnie D., Systems Analysis and Design Methods, 7th edition Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2007, ISBN 0-07-058224-6.
[2]. Joseph Schmuller, Teach Yourself UML in 24 Hours, 3rd Edition, , Pearson Education,
2004, ISBN 81-297-0609-1
[3]. Paul J. Deitel, Visual C++ 2008 How to Program (2nd Edition), Prentice Hall; 2
edition, ISBN: 0136151574

Administrator Track Option

HNDIT2321: Advanced Database Management Systems


Advanced Database Management
Module Code HNDIT2321 Module Title
Systems

70 | P a g e
Credits 3 Hours /Week Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Administrator track

Module Aims & Objectives


To expand and deepen knowledge for the relational database model and to develop knowledge
for alternative database models, including object-oriented, object-relational, and semi-
structured information (XML) approaches.

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module the student will be able to:

 Apply a stepwise refinement methodology for transforming a complex conceptual


model into a database schema
 Describe how the performance of a database can be monitored and improved and
discuss and apply approaches for identifying and improving a database’s performance
 Discuss and apply concurrency control and describe major kinds of concurrency
problems
 Describe the major features of Object-Oriented Database Management Systems and
discuss when OODBMS are appropriate, discus Object-Relational model and the
problems it seeks to address
 Create and query simple XML documents, stored in a relational database and discuss
the major approaches for integrating XML and design database applications that use
both the relational and semi-structured data models

Outline Syllabus

1. Overview of database management


2. The Relational Model: The relational data structure and the relational operators
3. Design Techniques: Entity relationship models and normalization
4. Methodology - Conceptual and Logical Database Design
5. Physical Database Design
6. Object-Relational Databases XML/DB Integration

71 | P a g e
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


In class participation, discussions and group
20%
Continuous Assessment work
Tutorials and assignments 30%
End of semester
Final Structured Paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Primary mode – Classroom based teaching of the theoretical aspects of the subject supported
by structured lab sessions on practical aspects.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


Computer laboratory with necessary database tools installed and having Internet access.

Prescribed Text

[1]. Connolly, T. M. &Begg, C. E. (2005). Database Systems: A Practical Approach to


Design, Implementation, and Management (4th Edition, Addison-Wesley Publishing.
ISBN: 0321210255

HNDIT2322: Data Communication and Network – II

Module Code HNDIT2322 Module Title Data Communication and Network – II


Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Administrator track

Module Aims & Objectives


Provide in-depth ad practical knowledge on current Local Area and Enterprise Networks and
the newer and evolving high speed network technologies and protocols.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Describe essential network topologies, and transmission media and media access

72 | P a g e
control protocols
 Describe, design and implement traditional Local Area networking topologies
 Describe and use newer technologies such as Gigabit Ethernet, FDDI, Fiber Channel,
ATM LAN Emulation and Wireless LANS
 Monitor and measure LAN/MAN Performance
 Understand, install and configure LAN Switches, Bridges, Routers; and
Internetworking with TCP/IP, joining subnets into a larger enterprise network

Outline Syllabus

1. Basics of Computer Networks


2. LAN Communication Concepts - Client Server Information Systems
3. OSI and IEEE 802.x Reference Models
4. LAN Topologies & Transmission.
5. Structured Cabling Systems.
6. Internet Client/Server Structure.
7. Ethernet standards - 100 Mbps Ethernet LANs, 100BASE-T, Switched Ethernet,
100VG-AnyLAN, Gigabit Ethernet.
8. FDDI Protocols and Station Management, Fiber Channel, Fire wire, and SANs.
9. Wireless Networks & LAN Remote Access.
10. Bridges and Switches & routing, Spanning Tree Algorithm.
11. Internetworking, IP, & Routers, Layer 3 and IP Switching, Routing Algorithms.
12. Enterprise Networks - Virtual LANs, VPN Tunneling.

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Assignment 1 - Individual 30%


Continuous Assessment
Assignment 2 - Group 20%
End of semester Final Structured Paper 50%
examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities
Primary mode – Classroom based teaching supported by discussion, group work and tutorials
will be used as primary mode of teaching.

73 | P a g e
Hands-on skills and practical exposure to be developed through structured laboratory classes
and assignments.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer lab with networking. Access to networking equipment, training modules and
simulator models.
Prescribed Text

[1]. Kadambi, J.; Crawford, I.; and M. Kalkunte, Gigabit Ethernet: Migrating to Higher-
Bandwidth LANs, Prentice Hall, 1998, ISBN: 0-13-913286-4
[2]. Goldman, James E., Local Area Networks: A Client/Server Approach, J. Wiley & Sons,
1997, ISBN: 0-471-14162-3
[3]. Stallings, William, Local & Metropolitan Area Networks, 5th Edition, Prentice Hall,
1996, ISBN: 0-13-190737-9

HNDIT2323: Enterprise Information Security

Module Code HNDIT2323 Module Title Enterprise Information Security


Credits 2 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Administrator track
Module Aims & Objectives
The course is aimed at imparting knowledge and skill sets required to assume the overall
responsibilities of administration and management of security of an enterprise information
system. The course is aimed at developing capabilities to do the following:

 Carry out a detailed analysis of enterprise security by performing various types of


analysis such as vulnerability analysis, penetration testing, audit trail analysis, system
and network monitoring, and configuration management.
 Carry out detailed risk analysis and assessment of enterprise systems using various
practical and theoretical tools.
 Design detailed enterprise wide security plans and policies, and deploy appropriate
safeguards (models, mechanisms and tools) at all the levels by providing due
consideration to the life-cycle of the enterprise information systems and networks, as

74 | P a g e
well as its legal and social environment.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Analyze the security risks of a specific information system.
 Set up appropriate security goals for the system.
 Implement appropriate security technologies in a network environment or information
system to achieve the set security goals and eliminate the identified security risks.

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to Enterprise Information Security


2. Cryptography and Cryptology.
3. Authentication and Access Control
4. Security Standards and Protocols
5. Systems Security , Web Security and Email Security
6. Information Security Management

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


In class activities, discussions,
Continuous Assessment 30%
group work and tutorials
Take home assignments and
20%
structured laboratory assignments
End of semester
Final Structured Paper 50%
examination
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities
Primary mode – Classroom based teaching on the theoretical content supported by discussions,
group work, tutorials and assignments Self-directed learning through online resources and
case-study based readings.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

No special requirements – Computer facility with Internet access is required for self-directed
learning activities.
Prescribed Text

75 | P a g e
[1]. William Stallings, Network Security Essentials: Applications and Standards (3rd
Edition), Prentice Hall, ISBN: 0130160938
[2]. Harold F. Tipton, Information Security Management Handbook, Fourth Edition,
Auerbach Publications, ISBN: 10: 0849398290

Analyst Track Option

HNDIT2331: Introduction to Business Analysis


Module Code HNDIT2331 Module Title Introduction to Business Analysis
Credits 2 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 3 Module Type Analyst track compulsory module

Module Aims & Objectives


To provide students with an understanding of the role of the Business Analyst and the skills
required by a person in this role.

To develop understanding of basic approaches used in the business analysis process.


Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Describe the role of the business analyst.
 Describe skills and competencies of a business analyst.
 Describe objectives and procedures for each stage of the business analysis process
model.
 List and explain techniques used in each process model stage.
 Demonstrate practical capability in investigative techniques.
 Build business activity models, identify business rules, CSFs and KPIs.
 Unified Data Modeling Language.

76 | P a g e
Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to the role of the business analyst.


2. The business analysis process model.
3. Requirements engineering
4. Investigation Techniques
5. Business process modeling
6. Unified Modeling Language

Assessment Weight
Type Activity Weighting
In class activities, discussions, group work and
30%
tutorials
Continuous Assessment
Object Oriented Analysis and Design Project /
20%
Case study
End of semester
Structures question paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


It is essential that students put into practice what they learn. Business analysis is a very hands-
on field and is still evolving as business analysts learn from interactions with stakeholders.

It is essential for the business analyst to have a firm grasp of the theory but even more
important to be able to be flexible with that knowledge and adapt it to the task at hand. Hence
more time will be spent in weekly tutorials and doing assignments than in lectures. It will be
necessary for lecturers to construct appropriate case studies that will lead to learning.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Microsoft Visio / Rational Rose

Prescribed Text

[1]. Debra Paul, Donald Yeates and James Cadle (2010) "Business Analysis", British
Information Society Limited, ISBN : 978-1-906124-61-8

77 | P a g e
HNDIT2332: Management Information Systems

Module Code HNDIT2332 Module Title Management Information Systems


Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Administrator track

Module Aims & Objectives


Provide an understanding of the need for Management Information systems in
different organizations, how information management helps decision making
process.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Describe the organizational and management structures in an organization
 Describe deferent management processes
 Identify the requirement of information system in management decision making
 Conduct systematic information strategy formulation
 Understanding social, ethical and legal issues related to information
management.

Outline Syllabus

1. provide Introduction to Information Systems


2. Information in Global business
3. Business Landscape
4. Information strategy
5. Structure of information system
6. Enterprise Applications development
7. Information strategy
8. Immerging Technologies related to Management Information
9. Management In formations and legal issues
10. Management Information and Ethics
11. Introduction to knowledge Management.

78 | P a g e
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Tutorials related to classroom teaching 20%


Continuous Assessment
Assignments 30%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Fundamentals covered in classroom teaching supported by group work, discussions, tutorials
and e-Learning material.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

No special tool.
Prescribed Text

[1]. Management Information Systems - The digital firm-9th edition - Laudon&Laudon

HNDIT2333: E-Commerce
Module Code HNDIT2333 Module Title E- Commerce
Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 3 Module Type Compulsory for Analyst track

Module Aims & Objectives


To create a comprehensive awareness of e-commerce (e-business), beginning with the
basics and working toward and facilitating a wide understanding and appreciation of e-
commerce (e-business) applications.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

 Demonstrate an awareness of the main components and concepts of e-commerce, and


the vital role it plays in modern business practice.
 Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of ecommerce, and the ability to apply
these concepts in application to selected examples and business cases.

79 | P a g e
 Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts and applications of e-commerce, via a
“hands on” experience in developing and presenting a team e-business plan project.

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to E-Commerce.
2. E-Commerce, E-Marketplaces.
3. Online Retailing & Application.
4. Online Marketing & Research.
5. Consumer Behavior, CRM.
6. Online Advertising and revenue generation.
7. Launching an online business: Architecting and e-Business & Website Design.
8. Social networks, online conversations.
9. Order fulfillment, Content Management, and Other support services.
10. Electronic Payment Systems.
11. Privacy, Security and Legal Issues.

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Weekly laboratory exercises 10%


Continuous Assessment Construction of an interactive web
40%
site
End of semester
Structures question paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Primary mode: Classroom based teaching supported by group activities and tutorials and
assignments.

Hands on exposure through structured laboratory assignments

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Access to a computer, access to the Internet

Prescribed Text

80 | P a g e
[1]. Efraim Turban, et al., Introduction to E-Commerce, a Managerial Perspective

Year 2 – Semester IV

Common Core L- Lecture, P- Practical, T-Tutorial

Module Hours Credit


Module Title Module Type Status
Code L P T s
Core
HNDIT2401 Computer Architecture Common Core 01 02 02 GPA
HNDIT2402 Free and Open Source Systems Common Core 01 02 02 GPA
HNDIT2403 Professional Issues in IT Common Core 02 02 GPA
HNDIT2404 Project(Individual) Common Core 01 03 06 GPA
HNDIT2405 English for Technology IV Common Core 01 03 02 GPA
Common
Total Core 06 13 14

Developer Track Option

Module Hours Credit


Module Title Module Type Status
Code L P T s
HNDIT2411 Enterprise Architecture Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Software Configuration
HNDIT2412 Management Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2413 Web Application Development Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Computer Graphics and
HNDIT2414 Animation Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2415 Digital Image Processing Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2416 Digital Video and Audio Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Mobile Application
HNDIT2417 Development Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Total Credits required 03 12 09

81 | P a g e
Administrator Track Option

Module Hours Credit


Module Title Module Type Status
Code L P T s
HNDIT2421 Server Administration Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Network and Data Centre
HNDIT2422 Operations Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Disaster Recovery & Business
HNDIT2423 Continuity Planning Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2424 Database Administration Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2425 Database Programming Project Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Total Credits required 03 12 09

Analyst Track Option

Module Module Hours Credit


Module Title Status
Code Type L P T s
HNDIT2431 Software Testing Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2432 Technical Report Writing Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2433 Software Quality Assurance Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Business Analysis - Tools &
HNDIT2434 Processes Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2435 System Analysis Case Study Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Total Credits required 03 12 09

Total Credits = 23 (Common Core =14, Track Elective= 09)

Hours= 34 (Common Core =19, Track Elective= 15)

Students are required to obtained 14 credit from common core and 09 credits from the
selected track options (Developer, Administrator or Analyst)

Note: Relevant lecturer must be present in the laboratory when practical are conducted.

82 | P a g e
Supervision of Project (Individual): Lecturer who supervises 5 projects may allocate 1
hour (Max: 03Hours)

Certificate Course in Teaching Methodology for IT

Module Module Hours Credit


Module Title Status
Code Type T P T s
HNDIT2441 Teaching Methodology for IT Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2442 Principles of Education Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2443 Educational Measurement Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
HNDIT2444 Educational Psychology Field Elective 01 04 03 GPA
Total Credits required 03 12 09

Note: Those who follow the Certificate Course in Teaching Methodology for IT should
participate with the subjects EN 2218 (Principles of Education), EN 2221(Educational
Measurement) and EN 2224 (Educational Psychology) which are offered in weekend Part
time Higher National Diploma in English program to fulfill the course requirements.

HNDIT2401: Computer Architecture


Module Code HNDIT2401 Module Title Computer Architecture
Credits 2 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 4 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives


To provide knowledge on the basic structure of a digital computer and the operation of the
organization of the Control unit, the Arithmetic and Logical unit, the Memory unit and the I/O
unit
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
 Describe how computer do calculations and make logical decisions using gates and
circuits.

83 | P a g e
 Describe the basic structure and operation of a digital computer.
 Explain in detail the operation of the CPU.
 Explain in detail the Instruction Execution Cycle and Performance Evaluation.
 Explain in detail the different types of control and the concept of pipelining.
 Explain the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory
 Explain the different ways of communicating with I/O devices and standard I/O
interfaces.
 Explain SIMD and MIMD architectures and the need for parallel processing.

Outline Syllabus

1. Logic Gates and Boolean algebra


2. Organization of the classical von Neumann machine and its major functional units
3. Internal Components of CPU and its functions
4. Instruction Execution Cycle and Stages of Instruction Execution Cycle
5. Performance improvement by Pipelining. Pipeline Hazards
6. hierarchical memory system, Virtual Memory, Cache memories, temporal and spatial
locality
7. Storage systems and their technology (RAM Types, ROM Types, HDD, DVD, BD,
SSD)
8. I/O fundamentals: handshaking, buffering, programmed I/O, interrupt-driven I/O
9. Discuss the concept of parallel processing beyond the classical von Neumann model
10. Performance improvement by Parallel processing, SIMD and MIMD architectures

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


Assignment 1 – Individual 30%
Continuous Assessment
Assignment 2 - Group 20%
End of semester
Structures question paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Primary mode: Browsing Internet, watching video tutorials, practical, Simulators.

84 | P a g e
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials
Personal Computer, Digital Circuit simulators.

Prescribed Text

[1]. William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture – Designing for

Performance”

[2]. David A.Patterson and John L.Hennessy, “Computer Organization and Design: The

hardware / software

[3]. interface”,JohnP.Hayes, “Computer Architecture and Organization”, 3rd Edition,


McGraw Hill

HNDIT2402: Free and Open Source System


Module Code HNDIT2402 Module Title Free and Open Source System
Credits 2 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 30
Semester 4 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives


To make aware the students to understand and use open source system that
spreading all over the world.
Learning Outcomes

 At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Describe the concepts of FOSS and FOSS business models
 Describe the legal and ethical implications of FOSS
 Estimate and evaluate the cost and benefits of using FOSS solutions
 Working with open source Operating system and their distributions
 Working and installing with FOSS business applications

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to FOSS business model and history


2. Introduction to Linux Operating System

85 | P a g e
3. Common Linux commands
4. Linux editors and local users
5. Linux security model and network configuration
6. Install and deploy the services

Assessment Weight
Weighti
Type Activity
ng
Assignment 1 - Individual 20%

Continuous Assessment Assignment 2 – Individual(Lab) 20%

Assignment 2 – Group(Lab) 10%


End of semester
Structures question paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


First understand the theoretical concepts and directions through classroom based
activities. Students get the experience by install and deploy the Foss applications.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

 Example resources, tools


 Computer laboratory with Internet Access and access to FOSS tools and
software
 Centos installation and configuration guide
 Virtual Box to work with different Linux distribution
 Server world web site to get more configuration details

http://www.server-world.info/en/

Prescribed Text

[1]. Michael Overly, The Open Source Handbook, Pike & Fischer, ISBN:
0937275123
[2]. Joseph Feller, Brian Fitzgerald, Scott A. Hissam, and Karim R. Lakhani,
Perspectives on Free and Open Source Software, The MIT Press, ISBN:
0262062461
[3]. Paul Kavanagh, Open Source Software: Implementation and Management,
Digital Press; ISBN: 1555583202

86 | P a g e
HNDIT2403: Professional Issues in IT
Module Code HNDIT2403 Module Title Professional Issues in IT
Credits 2 Lectures 30
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial
Semester 4 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives


Provide the basic understanding of ethical and legal issues that arise due to information
technology in general and in particular the Sri Lankan context, as expected from an
individual who has either recently started or about to start as an IT worker

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to


 Describe the history of computing and the Internet and list the contributions of key
pioneers
 Compare and contrast human society and life before and after the advent of
information technology
 Describe the ethical and legal issues that arise due to information technology, i.e.,
intellectual property and its protection; accountability, reliability, safety; crime and
jurisdiction; privacy and data protection; professional ethics and responsibility
 Describe the key points in current Sri Lankan laws that cover information technology
 Demonstrate the understanding of key issues/concepts like digital divide,
accessibility, free and-open-source software, freedom of expression online and
censorship/regulation

Outline Syllabus

1. History of information technology – worldwide and in Sri Lanka.


2. How individual lives and society change due to information technology– worldwide
and in Sri Lanka.
3. Ethical and legal issues in information technology (worldwide).
4. Overview of information technology related laws and legislation in Sri Lanka.
5. Other topics under social aspects of information technology.

87 | P a g e
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

In class activities, discussions and tutorials 15%


Continuous Assessment
Group work 35%

End of semester examination Structured question paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Students should be assigned reading from relevant book chapters and or websites; some of
this work may be required to complete their assignments. Assignments should not be
designed to allow direct copying from text, notes or other sources; rather they can be open-
ended hypothetical cases where students can argue from different views and justify their
conclusions. The group assignment can be a more involved one in which substantially more
effort is required than other assignments; other than covering the subject matter, team work
and communication skills will also needed to complete this assignment. As additional
material, multimedia resources (news, documentary/movie clips) that are freely available as
well as relevant creative work (fiction, films etc) can be recommended to students. The idea
is to make the subject matter interesting to them and show relevant examples.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Students must have access to the Internet. Relevant Sri Lankan Acts of Parliament should be
made available to students (soft copies are acceptable), not expecting them to read fully but
with key points emphasized. Some web resources are listed below.

 Computer and Information Ethics at http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/ethics-


computer/
 Computer Ethics at http://library.thinkquest.org/26658/
 BCS Code of Conduct & Code of Good Practice at
http://www.bcs.org/server.php?show= nav. 10967
 ACM Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct at http://www.acm.org/about/code-of-
ethics

Prescribed Text

88 | P a g e
[1]. No single text book will serve the needs. The following is recommended for general
ethical and legal issues.Computer Ethics, 3rd Edition, Deborah G. Johnson, Indian
edition, Pearson Education India, 2007, ISBN:978-8-17-758593-3. (as of now, 4th
Edition only as a US publication from Pearson Education, ISBN: 978-0-13-111241-
4, http://www.pearsonhighered.com/educator/product/Computer-
Ethics/9780131112414.page)
[2]. A Gift of Fire: Social, Legal, and Ethical Issues for Computing and the Internet, 3rd
Edition, Sara Baase, Prentice Hall, 2008, ISBN: 978-0-13-600848-4,
http://www.pearsonhighered.com /educator/product/Giftof-Fire-A-Social-Legal-and-
Ethical-Issues-for-Computing-and-the-Internet/9780136008484.page andhttp://www-
rohan.sdsu.edu/faculty/giftfire/
[3]. Ethics for the Information Age, 4th Edition, Michael J. Quinn, Addison Wesley, 2010,
ISBN: 978-0-13-
213387-6, http://www.pearsonhighered.com/educator/product/Ethics-for-the-
Information-Age /978013 2133876.page

HNDIT2404: Project (Individual)


Module Code HNDIT2404 Module Title Project(Individual)
Credits 6 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 45
Semester 4 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives


Provide the students the experience of a software development project individually for a
real environment, that is close to the environment in the IT industry

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 To work productively as a team
 Design and implement a complex project as a team

89 | P a g e
 Present the project to a technical audience

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to research proposal & writing proposal


2. Introduction to research methodology.
3. Citation methods.
4. Introduction to project writing.
5. Formats of the key milestones of the Project
6. Project Proposals
7. Project Report – Interim/ Progress/ Final
8. Development, Testing, and Implementation
9. Structure of the Report
a. Introduction
b. System Analysis
c. System Design
d. Development
e. Testing
f. Implementation
g. Evaluation & Conclusion
h. References

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Project Proposal 10%

Meetings with Supervisor (Log Form) 10%


Interim presentation/ Poster
Continuous Assessment 20%
presentation
Final Presentation 30%

Final product demonstration 30%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

90 | P a g e
Refer detailed guidelines. (Page 246)

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Refer detailed guidelines. (Page 246)

Prescribed Text

HNDIT2405: English for Technology IV


Module Code HNDIT2405 Module Title English for Technology IV
Credits 2 Lectures 2
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA NGPA Lab/Tutorial 2
Semester 4 Module Type Common Core

Module Aims & Objectives


To develop language competence in all four aspects of language with special focus on
practical situations

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
 Communicate skillfully in a safe, interactive environment
 Engage in public speaking and interpersonal communication
 Exercise ethical considerations in the development and presentation of ideas
 Develop effective speech introductions and conclusions
 Develop useful advertising language
 Apply skills of keeping formal records of meeting.
 Summarize texts
 Draft formal CV and cover letter
 Prepare Technical reports effectively

Outline Syllabus

1. Grammar : Reported Speech, Gerunds , Phrasal Verbs,


2. Speaking & Listening: Conducting Interviews, Panel discussion
3. Reading: Understand key information in case documents, Negotiating meetings
4. Writing : Write Curriculum Vitae (CV), Write Covering Letters to accompany CV

91 | P a g e
,Technical Reports- Key features of a report, organizing and presenting , Summarizing
a text

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


Continuous assessment Take home assignment/written test/Oral test 50%
End of semester
Final structured paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom teaching & group activities supported by audio visual resources

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Teaching material, additional reference material, audio visual material

Prescribed Text

[1]. John Seely, The Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking Oxford University Press New
Delhi
[2]. Orey, Maureen and Prisk, Jenni Communication skills and Training ASTD Press
[3]. Instructor designed handouts, video clips Workplace Communication Skills BUSN -
0156

Developer Track Option

HNDIT2411: Enterprise Architecture


Module Code HNDIT2411 Module Title Enterprise Architecture
Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives


Develop skills and exposure required to comprehend the architecture of a multi-layered

92 | P a g e
enterprise application and the disadvantages associated with traditional approaches to
accessing infrastructure services
Learning Outcomes

 At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Describe the software engineering of programs using concurrency and synchronization
and the development of distributed software
 Design and publish services as building blocks of service-oriented applications
 Use current technology for developing distributed systems and applications

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to distributed computing paradigm and service-oriented computing


paradigm
2. Principles of distributed software development
3. Programming with concurrency and multithreading (in Java)
4. Working with databases (in Java)
a. Introduction to JDBC
b. Processing SQL statements with JDBC
5. Web-based application development and state management
a. Describe the role of web components in a Java EE application
b. Define the HTTP request-response model
c. Developing Servlets
d. Servlet Overview: Life cycle of Servlet, Handling Client HTTP Request &
Server HTTP Response, Initializing Parameters & Servlet Context, Initializing a
Servlet, Session Management, Request Dispatcher & Redirecting
e. Developing With Java Server Pages Technology: Overview of JSP, JSP
Architecture & life cycle, , Components of Java Server Pages, Implicit Objects
& Standard JSP Tags, Scope of JSP objects
f. EJB Overview:
i. EJB 3.0 overview & Architecture, Features of EJB 3.0, About Session
Beans, EJB 3.0 Persistence Programming Model, Java EE Application
Assembly and Deployment – Anatomy of EJB Module & Packaging,
Java Persistence API, Designing a Java Enterprise Application

93 | P a g e
ii. Model View Controller (MVC)2 Architecture & Packaging EJB Module
6. XML data representation and processing
7. Introduction to frameworks
a. Struts2 FRAMEWORK
b. Hibernate
c. Spring

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


In class participation, discussions and
25%
Continuous Assessment group work

Tutorials and assignments 25%

End of semester examination Structured question paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom based teaching of the theoretical aspects of the subject supported by structured lab
sessions on practical aspects.
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer laboratory with necessary mobile application tools installed and having Internet
access
Prescribed Text

[1]. Expert One-on-One J2EE Design and Development by Rod Johnson

HNDIT2412: Software Configuration Management


Module Code HNDIT2412 Module Title Software Configuration Management

Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours/Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorials 60
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & objectives:


Provide an understanding of the need for configuration management systems in different

94 | P a g e
development environments and practical skills and experience in the use of version control
software.
Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the module the student will be able to


 Assess the appropriateness of different version control systems for different
development environment based on an understanding of common features and
components
 Use collaboration tools for documentation, software design and coding
 Design a configuration management plan for a given development environment
 Install and configure a version control system

Outline Syllabus:

1. Introduction to Software Configuration Management


2. Software Configuration Management phases
3. Implementing Software Configuration Management in the organization
4. People in Software Configuration Management and their role
5. Version control software
6. Software Configuration Management plan
7. Software Configuration Management in Agile development
8. Collaboration tools
9. Working with subversion by configuring in the local PC
10. Working with subversion in a remote server
11. Introduction to tortoise SVN

Assessment and Weighting:

Type Activity Weighting


Tutorials 20%
Continuous Assessment
Lab assignments 30%

End of semester examination Structured written paper 50%

95 | P a g e
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities:
Fundamentals covered in classroom teaching supported by laboratory assignment, e-Learning
material and hands-on lab sessions
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials:
Subversion™ and Apache™ executable available for installation on the server

Internet and Online learning materials


Prescribed Text
[1]. Mike Mason (2006): Pragmatic Version Control using Subversion, 2nd Edition, The
Pragmatic Bookshelf,Raleigh, North Carolina. (PVC)
[2]. Hass, Anne MetteJonassen (2003): Configuration Management Principles and
Practice, Pearson Education,Inc., Boston, MA. (CMP&P)

HNDIT2413: Web Application Development


Module Code HNDIT2413 Module Title Web Application Development
Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives


To build student awareness of the range of mechanisms available to web programmers seeking
to develop dynamic and interactive web sites.

To develop practical expertise in client -side and server-side scripting providing with a
solid foundation from which to develop a mastery of Web Application Development
techniques.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Explain how the interactive functionality of any given web site may have been
achieved using a range of client-side and server-side scripting, CSS, Web 2.0
technologies, web applications and web services
▪ Use style sheets and JavaScript to enhance the user interface of a web site
▪ Write PHP scripts to serve data from a MySQL database to a browser

96 | P a g e
▪ Construct an income generating web site

Outline Syllabus

1. Orientation to Web Application Development and available technologies


2. Style sheets
3. Client-side scripting
4. Server-side scripting
5. Web services – using the output in a new web site
6. Adding functionality to a web site using web applications
7. Generating income from the web
8. Building a site around a CMS

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Continuous Assessment Weekly laboratory exercises 10%

Construction of an interactive web site 40%

End of semester examination Structured/Essay question paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Access to a computer, access to the Internet, a browser with JavaScript enabled, access to a
hosting service or server with an XAMP AMP installation,

Prescribed Text

[1]. Moncur, Michael (2006): Sams Teach Yourself JavaScript in 24 hours, Sams
Publishing, USA Lecky-Thompson, Guy W. (2008): Just Enough Web Programming
with XHTML™, PHP®, and MySQL®, Course Technology PTR
[2]. Zandstra, Matt (2003): Sams Teach Yourself PHP in 24 hours, Sams Publishing, USA.

97 | P a g e
HNDIT2414: Computer Graphics and Animation
Module
Module Code HNDIT2414 Computer Graphic and Animation Design
Title
Credits 4 Hours Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA /Week Lab/Tutorial 60
Module
Semester 4 Field Elective
Type
Module Aims & Objectives
To develop skill and knowledge required for creating manipulation of graphic and
animation in a programming environment and provide the required theoretical knowledge
and programming skill to understanding computer graphics and animation.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

 To develop a facility with the relevant mathematics of computer graphics


 To learn the principles and commonly used paradigms and techniques of computer
graphics
 To gain a profession cy with OpenGL which could be able to provide 2D and 3D
computer graphics

Outline Syllabus

1. Images
2. Sound
3. Video
4. Animations
5. Multimedia Jobs
6. Overview of Graphic Systems
7. Output Primitives
8. Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformations
9. Three-Dimensional Geometric and modeling Transformations
10. Three-dimensional viewing

98 | P a g e
Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Assignment 1 - Individual 20%

Continuous Assessment Assignment 2 - Individual 20%

Assignment 3 – Group 10%


End of semester
Final Structured Paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom based teaching on the theoretical aspects of the subject supported by discussions,
group work and tutorials
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Self-directed studies based in on-line resources, case studies and Programming

Prescribed Text

[1]. F.S. Hill, Computer Graphics using OPENGL, Second edition, Pearson Education,
2003.
[2]. Donald Hearn, Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics – C Version, second edition,
Pearson Education,2004.
[3]. Edward Angel, Interactive Computer Graphics: A Top-Down Approach with OpenGL,
4th edition, Addison-Wesley, 2005.
[4]. Computer Graphics : Principles and Practice in C, Second Edition, James D. Foley,
Andries van Dam, Steven K. Feiner, John F. Hughes,ISBN-13: 978-0201848403
[5]. Foundations of 3D Computer Graphics , Steven J.Gortler

HNDIT2415: Digital Image Processing


Module Code HNDIT2415 Module Title Digital Image Processing
Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

99 | P a g e
Module Aims & Objectives
To develop skills and knowledge required to process, enhance image represented in digital
formats for software requirements.

To develop skills and knowledge required for analyzing and designing of digital imaging
applications

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to study:


 The image fundamentals and mathematical transforms necessary for image processing
 The image enhancement techniques
 The image restoration procedures
 The image compression procedures
 The image segmentation and representation techniques.

Outline Syllabus

1. Digital Image processing Fundamentals


2. Image Enhancement
3. Image restoration
4. Image segmentation
5. Image compression

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Assignment 01 -Individual 10%

Assignment 02 - Research Paper-

Continuous Assessment Understanding and Reviewing of


10%
available researches Presentation
(Individual or group)
Assignment 03 – Mini Project (Group) 30%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

100 | P a g e
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities
Primary mode – Classroom based teaching supported by tutorials and group work and
discussions.

Self-directed learning – students are expected to learn functionalities in image processing


through practices and self-learning by completing their continuous assessments.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


Self-learning activities require a computer laboratory with MATLAB software installed and
having Internet access and LMS connectivity

Prescribed Text

[1]. Digital Image Processing using MATLAB, 2nd Edition by Gonzalez, Woods and Eddin.
[2]. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, ISBN 978-470844731, A Practical
approach with examples in MATLAB.

HNDIT2416: Digital Video and Audio


Module Code HNDIT2416 Module Title Digital Video and Audio
Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives


To develop skills and knowledge required for audio/video production.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Describe the basic objectives of video processing
 Identify the major components of a video/audio editing system and equipment
 Identify lighting and color theories for video production
 Identify sampling techniques and compression algorithms used in videos
 Author content in standard delivery formats

101 | P a g e
Outline Syllabus

1. Overview of digital audio and video technology


2. video and audio equipment
3. Digital standards, audio video compression techniques and sampling
4. Sampling
5. Camera angles, Lighting, and color theory
6. Audio and Video editing
7. Applying text , special effect to the video
8. Making video product

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


Assignment 1 – Individual 20%
Continuous Assessment
Assignment 2 - Group 30%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Using internet, observe audio and video environment.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Professional video cameras with audio video editing and shooting environment. Adobe premier
software. Nonlinear editors

Prescribed Text

HNDIT2417: Mobile Application Development


Module Code HNDIT2417 Module Title Mobile Application Development
Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

102 | P a g e
Module Aims & Objectives
To equip students with the skills to develop mobile applications on the android platform. This
module aims to introduce students to specific issues in mobile computing and mobile
application development, including new interaction paradigms and integration with web
services.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Define mobile computing and the types of mobile devices
 Detail the history of mobile computing
 Explain the basic theory behind networks and cellular networks
 Write HTML and JavaScript code for mobile devices
 Discuss user interface design considerations
 Explain the differences between HTML5 and HTML
 Develop apps for Android devices
 Develop apps for IOS devices

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction , get familiar with Android Studio/Android SDK


2. Android Studio, Android SDK, Activities, Event Handling
3. Layouts, Widgets,HTML5, XML, Quarry, AJAX Coding standards, Debugging
4. Lists, Adapters, Exception Handling
5. Interface Design, Action Bar
6. SQLite, User Preferences, Threads

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


In class participation, discussions and
20%
Continuous Assessment group work

Tutorials and assignments 30%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

103 | P a g e
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities
Classroom based teaching of the theoretical aspects of the subject supported by structured lab
sessions on practical aspects.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer laboratory with necessary mobile application tools installed and having Internet
access
Prescribed Text

[1]. Mednieks, Z., Dornin, L., Meike, G.B. and Nakamura, M. (2012). Programming
Android, O’Reilly, 2nd ed.
[2]. Jackson, W. (2012). Android Apps for Absolute Beginners, Apress, 2nd ed.
[3]. Delessio, C., Darcey, L. and Conder, S. (2013). Sams Teach Yourself Android™
Application Development in 24 Hours, Sams, 3rd ed.

Administrator Track Option

HNDIT2421: Server Administration


Module Code HNDIT2421 Module Title Server Administration

Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives

Provide the basic knowledge and skills in installing, configuring and managing server systems.
Aimed at those involved in system administration, but also appropriate for anyone who wants
to gain skills.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Install, configure, setup networking and manage, remotely and at console, users and

104 | P a g e
resources on a Linux server (e.g., Red Hat Enterprise Linux – RHEL – server or SuSE
Linux Enterprise Server - SLES)
▪ Install, configure, setup networking and manage, remotely and at console, users and
resources on Microsoft Windows Server (e.g., Windows Server 2008)
▪ Manage admin tasks with simple shell scripts if needed on Linux and Windows servers
▪ Install and configure Apache and Microsoft IIS web servers with standard features
▪ Install and configure: email server, print server, ftp server and file/storage server, basic
network devices for LAN and Internet connectivity (or assume LAN, Internet
available)
▪ Select appropriate server software for a small business considering the available
hardware and budget and set-up server system for them (assuming LAN, Internet
available)

Outline Syllabus

1. Linux server installation and administration


2. Common Unix/Linux commands
3. Linux Local User Management
4. Linux Process Management
5. Linux Server Installations and configuration (DHCP, mail server, proxy server)
6. Microsoft Windows server installation and administration
7. Web servers: Microsoft IIS and Apache
8. Email server (Microsoft Servers on Windows, qmail or similar on Linux)
9. Other relevant servers

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Individual assignment 30%


Continuous Assessment
Group assignment 20%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities

105 | P a g e
Classroom teaching with lectures is low while most learning will be based on hands-on
practical work where students will learn the skills by administering (installing, configuring and
maintaining) different servers/services.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Example resources, tools

• http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/training/windowsserver.aspx - Windows
Server Training Portal
• http://learning.microsoft.com/Manager/Catalog.aspx - Microsoft training catalogue
• http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/default.aspx - Microsoft Learning site
• https://www.redhat.com/courses/sys_admin/ - Red Hat Sys Admin curriculum
• http://www.gurulabs.com/linux-training/ - Linux training resources
• http://www.linux.org/lessons/ - a collection of Linux training courses

Prescribed Text

[1]. The following are recommended


[2]. Windows Server® 2008 Administrator's Pocket Consultant, 2nd Edition, William R.
Stanek, Microsoft Press, 2009 (Ebook: 2010), ISBN: 978-0-7356-2711-6, Ebook-ISBN:
978-0-7356-4065-8,
http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/Book.aspx?ID=13931&locale=en-us
[3]. Internet Information Services (IIS) 7.0 Administrator's Pocket Consultant, William R.
Stanek, Microsoft Press, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-7356-2711-6,
[4]. http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/Book.aspx?ID=10442&locale=en-us

[5]. Microsoft® Exchange Server 2010 Administrator's Pocket Consultant, William R.


Stanek, Microsoft Press, 2009 (Ebook: 2009), ISBN: 978-0-7356-2712-3, Ebook-ISBN:
978-0-7356-3876-1,
http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/Book.aspx?ID=13930&locale=en-us
[6]. Essential System Administration, 3rd edition, Æleen Frisch; O'Reilly Media, 2002
(Ebook: 2009), ISBN: 978-0-596-00343-2, Ebook-ISBN: 978-0-596-10328-6,
http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596003432/
[7]. Linux in a Nutshell, 6th edition, Ellen Siever, Stephen Figgins, Robert Love, Arnold
Robbins; O'Reilly Media, 2009, ISBN: 978-0-596-15448-6, Ebook-ISBN: 978-0-596-
106 | P a g e
80611-8, http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596154486/
[8]. A Practical Guide to Linux: Commands, Editors, and Shell Programming, Mark G.
Sobell, Prentice-Hall, 2005, ISBN: 978-0-13147-823-7,
[9]. http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0131478230/linuxonlinetheliApache

Cookbook: Solutions and Examples for Apache Administrators, 2nd edition, Rich
Bowen and Ken Coar, O'Reilly Media, 2008, ISBN: 978-0596529949, Ebook-ISBN:
978-0-596-10277-7, http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596529949/Sendmail Cookbook,
Craig Hunt, O'Reilly Media, 2003 (Ebook: 2009), ISBN: 978-0-596-00471-2,
EbookISBN:978-0-596-10383-5, http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596004712/
[10]. qmail, John Levine, O'Reilly Media, 2004 (Ebook: 2009), ISBN: 978-1-56592-628-8,
Ebook-ISBN: 9780-596-10380-4, http://oreilly.com/catalog/9781565926288/

HNDIT2422: Network and Data Centre Operations


Network and Data Centers
Module Code HNDIT2422 Module Title
Operations
Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives


Provide the basic knowledge and skills in techniques, tools, best practices and industry
standards used in maintaining corporate networks and data centers. Aimed at those involved in
system and network design and administration.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to


 Describe basic concepts and terminology in running network operations
 Describe and compare techniques used for fault tolerance in IT systems and storage
 Identify basic techniques and requirements to improve capacity, reliability and
availability
 Describe physical and premises infrastructure requirements for network operations

107 | P a g e
 Describe industry best practices and current solutions for corporate networks and data
centers

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to Data Centers


2. Planning and Designing Data Centers
3. Data Center Overview
4. Cabling Architecture in the Data Center
5. Data Center Infrastructure
6. Active Components / Network Hardware
7. Virtualization
8. Transmission Protocols
9. Transmission Media

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Individual assignment 20%


Continuous Assessment
Group assignment(2 or 3 students) 20%
Quizzes 10%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom teaching with lectures should be accompanied by an adequate amount of hands-on
and practical work where students will learn the skills by applying the tools and techniques,
first with simple examples and later with more complex cases.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

108 | P a g e
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/netsol/ns741/networking_solutions_program_home.html -
Cisco site on networking solutions and validated designs/solutions

http://datacenterjournal.com/index.php - The Data Center Journal (online)

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_center - Wikipedia page on data centers

http://atd.uptimeinstitute.com/curriculum.htm - Accredited Tier Designer curriculum, a


course by Uptime Institute

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Network-attached_storage - Wikipedia page on NAS (SAN


compared)

http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/The_Design_and_Organization_of_Data_Centers - Wiki book


titled “The Design and Organization of Data Centers”, by Jeff Albro and Rich Hail

http://www.availability.com/ - a site on high availability systems and business continuity

http://www.microsoft.com/learning/en/us/course.aspx?ID=6423A – Microsoft course on


“Implementing and Managing Windows Server 2008 Clustering”

Prescribed Text

[1]. The following are recommended


[2]. High Availability Network Fundamentals, Chris Oggerino, Cisco Press, 2001, ISBN:
978-1-58713-017-5, Ebook-ISBN: 978-1-58705-289-7,
http://www.ciscopress.com/bookstore/product.asp?isbn=1587130173
[3]. Fault-Tolerant IP and MPLS Networks, IftekharHussain, Cisco Press, 2005, ISBN:
978-1-58705-126-5,
http://www.ciscopress.com/bookstore/product.asp?isbn=1587051265
[4]. Data Center Fundamentals, Mauricio Arregoces, Maurizio Portolani, Cisco Press,
2004, ISBN: 978-158705-023-7, Ebook-ISBN: 978-1-58705-287-3,
[5]. http://www.ciscopress.com/bookstore/product.asp?isbn=1587050234

[6]. Storage Networking Fundamentals: An Introduction to Storage Devices, Subsystems,


Applications, Management, and File Systems, Marc Farley, Cisco Press, 2005, ISBN:

109 | P a g e
978-1-58705-162-3, Ebook-ISBN:
[7]. 978-1-58705-286-6,

http://www.ciscopress.com/bookstore/product.asp?isbn=1587051621
[8]. High Performance Linux Clusters with OSCAR, Rocks, OpenMosix, and MPI, Joseph
D Sloan, O'Reilly Media, 2004 (Ebook: 2009), ISBN: 978-0-596-00570-2, Ebook-
ISBN:978-0-596-10433-7, http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596005702/
[9]. Cisco Data Center Infrastructure 2.5 Design Guide, Cisco Systems Inc., 2007,
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/solutions/Enterprise/Data_Center/DC_Infra2_5/DCI
_SRND.pdf
[10]. Designing High-Performance EMC File Systems Using Cisco MDS iSCSI, (for NAS),
Whitepaper from Cisco Systems Inc., 2006,
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/solutions/collateral/ns340/ns394/ns259/net_implementati
on_white_paper090 0aecd8048c7d3.pdf
[11]. Advanced SAN Design Using Cisco MDS 9500 Series Multilayer Directors,
Whitepaper from Cisco Systems Inc., 2006,
[12]. http://www.cisco.com/en/US/prod/collateral/modules/ps5991/prod_white_paper0900a
ecd8044c807.pdf

HNDIT2423: Disaster Recovery & Business Continuity Planning


Disaster Recovery & Business
Module Code HNDIT2423 Module Title
Continuity Planning (DR&BCP)
Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives


Provide the basic knowledge and skills in planning for disaster recovery and business
continuity while managing system operations and infrastructure. Aimed at those involved in
system and network administration.

110 | P a g e
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to


 Describe basics concepts in DR and BCP.
 Analyze risks and impact of a disaster to an IT infrastructure.
 Plan for and execute data protection and integrity in an organization.
 Identify and use appropriate tools for recovery of data.
 Identify strategic elements and requirements for a DR plan for an organization.
 Develop and maintain a DR plan for an organization.

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction BCP and Asset


2. Introduction to Risk Management
3. Threat
4. Vulnerabilities
5. Planning for Organizational Readiness
6. Incident Response
7. Contingency Strategies for Business Resumption Planning
8. Disaster Recovery
9. Crisis Management

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


Individual assignment 30%
Continuous Assessment
Group assignment(2 or 3 students) 20%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom teaching with lectures is low while most learning will be based on hands-on
practical work where students will learn the skills by administering (installing, configuring
and maintaining) different servers/services.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

111 | P a g e
Example resources, tools

 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disaster_recovery - wikipedia page on disaster recovery


 http://www.disaster-recovery-guide.com/ - a guide to disaster recovery planning
 http://www.drj.com/ - online journal on disaster recovery
 http://www.disasterrecoveryforum.com/ - Disaster recovery planning forum, community
web portal
 http://www.disasterrecoveryworld.com/ - a directory on disaster recovery
 http://www.networkworld.com/research/disasterrecov.html - site with content and many
relevant links
 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Business_continuity_planning - wikipedia page on business
continuity planning.

Prescribed Text

The following are recommended

[1]. Disaster Recovery Planning: Preparing for the Unthinkable, 3rd edition, Jon William
Toigo, Prentice Hall,
[2]. 2002, ISBN: 978-0130462824, http://www.pearsonhighered.com/educator/product/
Disaster-RecoveryPlanning-Preparing-for-the-Unthinkable/9780130462824.page
[3]. Disaster Recovery: Principles and Practices, April Wells, Charlyne Walker, Timothy
Walker and David Abarca, Prentice Hall, 2007, ISBN: 9780131711273,
http://www.pearsonhighered.com/educator/product/Disaster-Recovery-Principles-
andPractices/9780131711273.page
[4]. Business Continuity Planning, Ken Doughty, CRC Press, 2000

HNDIT2424: Database Administration


Module Code HNDIT2424 Module Title Database Administration
Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60

112 | P a g e
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives


Provide an understanding of common terms and concepts likely to be encountered in a
Database Administrator role. Expose the student to the more common installation and database
management tasks for one of the major database packages.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Conduct an installation of a database server with an understanding of the technical
terms encountered
 Migrate data into the new database from a legacy database
 Create a maintenance plan for routine maintenance
 Create and restore a database backup and database snapshot
 Setup user security in a database instance
 Monitor and tune database performance on the selected platform

Outline Syllabus

1. The History of SQL Server and relational databases


2. Installing and configuring SQL Server
3. SQL Server data storage management
4. Managing data with the DTS utility
5. SQL Server Security management
6. SQL Server Backup & Recovery
7. SQL Server database Replication
8. SQL Server Job scheduling

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


Weekly assignments / practical 30%
Continuous Assessment
Assignment on database server security 10%

113 | P a g e
concepts
Assignment on using Transect SQL to
10%
implement security
End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


It is recommended that the lecture proceed the practical session with the lecture being used to
explain terminology and walk through the screens to be encountered in the practical. Students
can then be expected to work through the practical sessions in small groups with suitable
laboratory guides similar to the level of technical support they would have access to in
industry.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Computer 1.0GHz and 2.048 GB memory, Internet access, LAN connection.

Prescribed Text

[1]. Mistry,
Ross & Cotter, Hilary (2008): Microsoft® SQL Server 2008 Management and
Administration, Sams Publishers, New York.

HNDIT2425: Database Programming Project


Module Code HNDIT2425 Module Title Database Programming Project
Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial None
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives


To provide students with the opportunity to practice the skills they developed in HNDIT2321
integrated with their Java programming skills developed in HNDIT1209 and HNDIT1211 and
their systems analysis and design skills developed in HNDIT1212 and to provide them with an
opportunity to learn JavaScript and other web programming skills.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

114 | P a g e
 Design and implement a database as part of complex web-enabled application
 Implement database security
 Optimize database performance
 Design an object-oriented front-end for a database using UML and other process and
data modelling tools
 Implement an object-oriented front-end to relational database
 Provide appropriate user documentation in both hardcopy and online versions

Outline Syllabus

1. database as part of a complex web-enabled application


2. Database security
3. Optimize database performance.
4. Design an object-oriented front-end for a database using UML and other process and
data modelling tools
5. Implement an object-oriented front-end to a relational database provide appropriate user
documentation in both hardcopy and online versions

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


Assignment 1, Assignment 2,Assignment
Continuous Assessment 50%
3, Assignment 4
End of semester 2 Hour written examination, closed-book
50%
examination may answer 4 questions out of 5.

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Apart from web programming skills, students should already have acquired the skills necessary
to complete this project in previous semesters. However lecturers may wish to revise elements
of HNDIT2321: Advanced DBMS, HNDIT1209: Object Oriented Programming, HNDIT1211:
Data structures and algorithms and HNDIT1212: Systems Analysis and Design after
consultation with students. Lecturers may also wish to present elements of Web Application
Development from HNDIT2413.

115 | P a g e
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Prescribed Text

Refer to resources for HNDIT2321, HNDIT1209, HNDIT1211, HNDIT1212 and HNDIT2413.


Individual students require developer edition of Microsoft SQL Server for self study.

Analyst Track Option

HNDIT2431: Software Testing


Module Code HNDIT2431 Module Title Software Testing
Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives


Provide the basic knowledge and skills in standards, techniques, methodologies and tools
in software testing.

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
▪ Describe what software testing is and why testing is part of quality assurance
▪ Describe different levels/types of testing/analysis/reviews done throughout software
life cycle
▪ Design and develop test cases under different test design techniques suitable for
occasion
▪ Demonstrate test management ability and to analyze a situation and recognize risks
▪ Use appropriate tools for testing and compare and contrast different tools

Outline Syllabus

1. Fundamentals of testing
2. Software reviews
3. Static testing techniques
4. Dynamic testing

116 | P a g e
5. Test case designing
6. Testing and risk
7. Software testing and quality management
8. Tools support for testing

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


In class activities, discussions and
Continuous Assessment 35%
tutorials
Group work 15%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom teaching with lectures should be accompanied by an adequate amount of hands-on
and practical work where students will learn the skills by applying the tools and techniques,
first with simple examples and later with more complex cases.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

http://www.aptest.com/resources.html- a list of software QA testing and test tool resources


http://www.testingeducation.org/BBST/- a free online course in black box testing
http://www.softwareqatest.com/index.html- a site on software QA and testing resources

Prescribed Text

[1]. Software Testing: An ISEB Foundation, Brian Hambling (Ed), Peter Morgan, Angelina
Samaroo, Geoff Thompson, Peter Williams, British Computer Society, 2008, ISBN: 978-1-
902505-79-4
[2]. Chapters 22 and 23, Software Engineering, 8th Edition, Ian Sommerville, Addison Wesley,
2006, ISBN: 978-0-321-31379-9
[3]. Software Testing and Quality Assurance: Theory and Practice, SagarNaik and
PiyuTripathy, John Wiley & Sons, 2008, ISBN: 978-0-471-78911-6
[4]. Pragmatic Software Testing: Becoming an Effective and Efficient Test Professional, John
Wiley & Sons, 2007, ISBN: 978-0-470-12790-2

117 | P a g e
HNDIT2432: Technical Report Writing
Module Code HNDIT2432 Module Title Technical Report Writing
Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives


Provide the basic knowledge and skills in creating and maintaining technical documents,
standards, best practices, techniques, methodologies and tools in technical report writing
related to software engineering field.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Identify the need of technical reports
▪ Describe objectives and characteristics of writing technical reports and documents
▪ Design and create all the documents related to software projects according to technical
writing standards
▪ Use appropriate tools for designing, writing and generating technical documents

Outline Syllabus

1. Necessity and objectives of technical writing


2. Characteristics of technical writing
3. Standards and best practices in technical writing, related to software project documents
4. Technical writing methods
5. Software tools to generate technical documents

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


In class activities, discussions and
15%
Continuous Assessment tutorials
Group work 35%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%


118 | P a g e
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities
Classroom teaching with lectures should be accompanied by an adequate amount of hands-on
and practical work where students will learn the skills by applying the tools and techniques,
first with simple examples and later with more complex cases.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Prescribed Text

HNDIT2433: Software Quality Assurance


Module Code HNDIT2433 Module Title Software Quality Assurance
Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives


Provide the basic knowledge and skills in standards, techniques and tools to achieve software
quality, i.e., methods of managing the quality of software development process and products.
Will cover software quality assurance, quality measures, and quality control. Aimed at those
involved in software quality management, but also appropriate for anyone who wants a basic
understanding of the area.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


▪ Define fundamental concepts and terminology in software quality management
▪ Describe quality measures/indicators for assessing software products and processes
▪ Describe strategies, procedures and techniques used in software quality assurance

▪ Apply quality assurance tools and techniques into a software process and/or product

119 | P a g e
▪ Describe the quality standards/frameworks currently practiced in the software industry

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction and basics


2. Software quality standards
3. Quality reviews
4. Software quality metrics and defect analysis
5. Software configuration management (overview only; separate module offered on this
topic)
6. Associated quality concerns
7. Software documentation
8. Software quality system implementation

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


In class activities, discussions, group
20%
Continuous Assessment work and tutorials
Assignment 30%

End of semester examination Final Structured Paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Classroom teaching with lectures should be accompanied by an adequate amount of hands-on
and practical work where students will learn the skills by applying the tools and techniques,
first with simple examples and later with more complex cases.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

120 | P a g e
Example resources, tools
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Software_quality - wikipedia page on software quality
http://www.aptest.com/resources.html - a list of software quality testing and test tool resources
http://www.softwareqatest.com/index.html - a site on software quality assurance and testing
resources
http://www.sqa.net/ - a site that describes the basics of software quality
http://www.sqaforums.com/ubbthreads.php - a set of forums on software testing, quality
Access to a computer, access to the Internet

Prescribed Text

[1]. Software Engineering, 9th Edition, Ian Sommerville, 2011, ISBN: 978-81-317-6216-5
[2]. Practical Guide to Software Quality Management, 2ndEdition, John W. Horch, Artech
House, 2003,ISBN: 978-1-58053-527-4,
[3]. Software Quality Assurance: From Theory to Implementation, Daniel Galin, Addison
Wesley, 2004,ISBN: 978-0-20170-945-2,
[4]. Metrics and Models in Software Quality Engineering, 2ndEdition, Stephen H. Kan,
Addison-WesleyProfessional, 2003, ISBN: 978-0-201-72915-3,
[5]. Software Quality Engineering: Testing, Quality Assurance and Quantifiable
Improvement, Jeff Tian,Wiley-IEEE Computer Society Press, 2005, ISBN: 978-0-471-
71345-6

HNDIT2434: Business Analysis - Tools & Processes


Module Code HNDIT2434 Module Title Business Analysis Tools and Processes
Credits 3 Lectures 15
Hours /Week
GPA/NGPA GPA Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives


To provide students with experience of the working environment of the business analyst and
the tools used.

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:

121 | P a g e
▪ Identify the steps that a Business Analyst usually works through
▪ Recognize and understand a range of tools in common usage by Business Analysts
▪ Plan for a stakeholder meeting at any stage of the business analysis process

Outline Syllabus

1. Overview of Business Analysis Activities throughout the stages of the Software


Development Life Cycle (SDLC)
2. Structured systems analysis and design method
3. Request for change (RFC)
4. Root Cause Analysis
5. Pareto chart
6. Cause and effect graph
7. Cost benefit analysis
8. The Five Whys
9. Stakeholder meetings
• Review meetings
• Kick-off meetings

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting

Group Assignment 15%


Continuous Assessment
SSADM project report related to a
35%
case study
End of semester
Structures question paper 50%
examination

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Hence it is proposed that the course should pivot around role plays of meetings – preparing
meeting deliverables and researching meeting roles.

A detailed case study should be prepared as the background to the meetings and shared
between lecturers of this subject. The case study should include examples of the documents
and models referred to in the text.

122 | P a g e
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

Microsoft Visio

Prescribed Text

[1]. Howard Podeswa, (2009): The Business Analyst's Handbook, Course Technology,
Cengage Learning, Boston, USA

HNDIT2435: System Analysis Case Study


Module Code HNDIT2435 Module Title System Analysis Case Study
Credits 3 Lectures 15
GPA/NGPA GPA Hours /Week Lab/Tutorial 60
Semester 4 Module Type Field Elective

Module Aims & Objectives


Provide instruction and application of life cycle system development methodology using a case
study which incorporates feasibility study, system analysis, system design, program
specification and implementation planning. Enable the students to actively perform the role of
a member of a real world system development team, and gain experience.
Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to:


 Demonstrate the working knowledge in the areas of System Analysis and Design and
Programming using a course project
 Work in teams to create a working project module
 Create project management reports to track the project progress and weekly status
reports
 Produce technical reports on system analysis and requirements, system design, program
specification, program development, system implementation and system testing
 Conduct a formal presentation on completion of the project

Outline Syllabus

1. Introduction to the course unit.

123 | P a g e
2. Requirement of tools and techniques for system development
3. Effective using of previous knowledge in successful completion of the project
4. Developing case studies on real world scenarios
5. Team work and collaboration in software development
6. Presentations and client handling

Assessment Weight

Type Activity Weighting


Classroom participation 5%
Group work 10%
Continuous Assessment
Documentation and Status Reports 10%
Final Presentation and end product 25%

End of semester examination Structured question paper 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


This course is taught in a nontraditional method, where students will have to apply their
knowledge on Systems Analysis and Design, Software Engineering, IT Project Management
and Technical Report Writing and other relevant course modules in creating a successful
solution to a problem identified in a small business organization or a game model. The
approach for the project is case study based where the students will finally develop a case
study on their own project, in addition to the final outcome of the project.

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials

The availability of computer laboratories with internet facilities

Prescribed Text

There are no text books specified exclusively for this course modules. Students are expected to
do independent research for the materials and information they would need in accomplishing
their tasks individually as well as in groups.

The text books prescribed for Systems Analysis and Design, Software Engineering, IT Project
Management and Technical Report Writing modules may be used as additional materials and

124 | P a g e
references.

Academic Track Option (Optional for HNDIT)

HNDIT2441: Teaching Methodology for IT


HNDIT Module
Module Code Teaching Methodology for IT
2441 Title
Lectures/ Pre-
Credits 3 30 None
Discussion requisites
Hours/Week
Co-
GPA/NGPA GPA Practical 30 None
requisites
Semester 4 Module Specialized
Type
Module Aims
Develop capacity to teach Information Technology for students of different levels

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the module the student will be able to :

• Be familiar with good classroom management

• Identify the characteristics of a good IT teacher

• Use a variety of teaching methodologies available for IT

• Able to organize pair/group work effectively

• Use visual aids effectively

• Practise teaching using micro-teaching

Outline Syllabus
1. Classroom Management
2. Teaching methodologies available for IT
3. Questioning techniques
4. Pair and group work
5. Visual aids, Micro teaching
6. Different stages in the lesson,-introduction, presentation, practice, application,

125 | P a g e
evaluation
7. Micro-teaching

Assessment

Type Activity Weight


Continuous Assessment Assignments 50%

Semester end examination Written test 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Group tasks, presentations, assignments, micro-teaching

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


Calculators, Access to a computer

Prescribed Text/teacher’s Handbooks


1. MC Kay Sandra Lee, (2011), Teaching English as an International Language
Rethinking Goals and Approaches
2. Richards Jack C, (2011), Methodology Language Teaching.
3. Spratt Mary, (2013), The TKT Course Module 1,2 and 3.

HNDIT2442: Principles of Education


Module HNDIT Module
Principles of Education
Code 2442 Title
Pre-
Credits 3 Lectures 30 None
requisites
Hours/Week
Practical / Co -
GPA/NGPA GPA 30 None
Self study requisites
Module
Semester 4 Specialized
Type

Module Aims
Enable the students to develop the knowledge in education

126 | P a g e
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Develop an understanding of principles of education
2. Know about educational Philosophers & various educational approaches
3. Know about the educational history of Sri Lanka

Outline Syllabus
1. What is education
2. Education philosophers
3. Various educational approaches
4. Professionalism in teaching
5. The history of the development of education in Sri Lankan socialization

Assessment

Type Activity Weight


Continuous Assessment Presentation
50%
Take home assignments

Semester end examination Writing test 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Task-based learning, different group and individual tasks which encourage collaborative
learning
Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials
Access to a computer

127 | P a g e
HNDIT2443: Educational Measurement
Module HNDIT244 Module
Educational Measurement
Code 3 Title
Pre-
Credits 3 Lectures 30 None
Hours/ requisites
Week Practical / Self Co -
GPA/NGPA GPA 30 None
study requisites
Semester 4 Module Specialized
Type

Module Aims
Enable the students to develop skills in Educational measurement

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Develop an understanding of the types of measurement tools.
2. Understand the concepts of evaluation.
3. Organize evaluation methods & scores.

Outline Syllabus
1. The importance of evaluation
2. Basic concepts of evaluation
3. Types of evaluation procedures
4. Objectives for measuring learning outcomes
5. Various achievement test
6. Organizing scores
Assessment

Type Activity Weight


Presentation
Continuous Assessment 50%
Take home assignment

Semester end examination Writing test 50%

128 | P a g e
Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities
Task-based learning, different group and individual tasks which encourage collaborative
learning

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


Calculators, Access to a computer

Prescribed Text
[1]. Bharat.Singh, (2005), Modern Educational Measurement and Evaluation system.
[2]. J.Swarupa. Rani, ( 2004), Educational measurement and evaluation.
[3]. Kenneth.D.Hopkins ,(1998), Educational and Psychological measurement and
evaluation.
[4]. Robert.L.Linn, (2008), Measurement and Assesment in Teaching.

HNDIT2444: Educational Psychology


Module HNDIT244 Module
Educational Psychology
Code 4 Title
Pre-
Credits 3 Lectures 30 None
Hours/ requisites
Week Practical / Self Co -
GPA/NGPA GPA 30 None
Study requisites
Module
Semester 4 Specialized
Type

Module Aims
Enable the students to understand the concept of educational psychology

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Understand the concept of psychology.

129 | P a g e
2. Understand the nature of special needs.
3. Understand the concept of education guidance & counselling.
Outline Syllabus
1. Education psychology
2. Personal development
3. Intellectual development
4. Learning
5. Children with special needs
6. Educational guidance and counseling
Assessment

Type Activity Weight


Assessment Weight Assessment Weight 50%

Assessment Weight Assessment Weight 50%

Recommended Teaching/Learning Activities


Task-based learning, different group and individual tasks which encourage collaborative
learning

Resources: Equipment, Tools and Materials


Calculators, Access to a computer

Year 3 – Semester V

In-plant Training

Note: The Internship in Information Technology in the field of Information Technology


consider as a compulsory course unit with the minimum duration of 15 consecutive
weeks/540hrs within a period of six months.

Training institute can be selected either by students or by the SLIATE through NAITA.
130 | P a g e
Refer Appendix 2 for the Guidelines for Internship (SLIATE) hand book.

NEW CURRICULUM- DETAILED LEARNING OUTCOMES

Year 1 – Semester I

HNDIT1101: Personal Computer Applications

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1.Overview of Lecture  Improve the Intellectual 01 Quizzes,


Office knowledge of word Skills Discussions
productivity processing and
tools describe the basic
products in Microsoft
Office package

2.Overview of Lecture  Improve the IT& 01 Discussion


Word knowledge of word Practical
processing & processing & describe Skills
describe text the tools and
formatting in techniques available
MS-word for Text Formatting

3.Overview of Lecture  Identify the various Intellectual 02 Discussion


Inserting inserting objects such Skills
objects in as clip arts, pictures,
MS word wordarts, header
footer, shape etc.

4.Mail merge Lecture  Creating various IT & 01 Practical


letters using mail Practical Assignment
merge in MS Word Skills

5.Overview of Lecture  Improve the IT & 02 Online


Spreadsheet knowledge of Practical Quizzes
application Spreadsheet Skills
&MS excel applications &
Describe the tools and
techniques available
in MS Excel

131 | P a g e
6.MS excel Lecture  Identifying and use of IT & 01 Discussion
functions basic functions in MS Practical
Excel Skills

7.MS excel Lecture  Identifying and use Intellectual 01 Discussion


functions of advance functions Skills
in MS Excel

8.MS excel Lecture  Identifying and use of Intellectual 01 Practical


functions Conditional Skills Assignment
Formatting in MS
Excel

9.Sorting and Lecture  Identify the Sorting IT & 01 Discussion


filtering in and Filtering Practical
MS excel Capability in MS Skills
Excel Analytical
Skill

10. Overview Lecture  Describe the thing IT & 01 Discussion


of prepare that should be taken Practical
presentation into consider when Skills
&Microsoft creating a
PowerPoint presentation.
 Describe the usage of
Basic features in
Microsoft PowerPoint

11. Creating Lecture  Describe the usage of IT & 01 Practical


PowerPoint Basic features in Practical Assignment
presentation Microsoft PowerPoint Skills

12. Overview Lecture  Importance of IT & 01 Discussion


of database managing data and Practical
applications information and Skills
& Microsoft Identifying Basic
access features in Microsoft
Access 2007

13. Creating Lecture  Create, Delete. IT & 01 Discussion


simple Modify tables with the Practical
database uses of relationships Skills
and inserting data to
tables using Microsoft
Access.

14. Queering Lecture  Describe type of query IT & 01 Practical


the database in Microsoft Access Practical Assignment

132 | P a g e
Skills

HNDIT1102: Computer Hardware

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Introduction Lecture  Handle, classify Intellectual 01 SEQ


to computer computers Skills IT Skills
System and
its browsing  classify based on Intellectual 02 Presentation
classificatio web & different criteria Skills
ns Group
IT Skills
Assignment
Communication
Skills
Presentation
Skills

2. Organizing Lecture  Manage files and Intellectual 01 Quiz


and folders Skill
managing IT Skill
files and
folders Practical  Ability to manage Intellectual 01 Assignment
files and folders Skill
IT Skill

3. Internal Lecture &  Format / partition Intellectual 01 Viva


structure and Showing HDD for different Skill
file System Animations environments IT Skill
of a hard to
disk understand
the internal
operation of
a HDD

Practical IT Skill 02 Assignment

4. Installation Lecture  Understand the Intellectual 01 Oral Report


and importance of Skill
Configuratio device drivers IT Skill

133 | P a g e
n of driver Practical  Install, uninstall Intellectual 02 Checklists
Software Assignment and upgrade Skill
device drivers IT Skill

5. Software Practical  Install OS and Intellectual 03 Quiz


Installation. application packs Skill
IT Skill
Communication
Skill

6. Backup And Practical &  Cerate scheduled IT Skill 02 Assignment


restore tools. discussions backup.
Communication
 Create restore Skills
points for a PC.
 Restore a PC from
previously created
backup.

7. Introduction Lecture  Manage user Intellectual 01 Quiz


to user accounts Skill
account and  Setting different IT Skill
access rights access privileges

Assignment  Creating user Intellectual 02 Quiz


accounts Skill
IT Skill

8. Pc internal Group  Identify Intellectual 03 Checklists


components practical components Skill
9. And the IT Skill
structure
Communication
Skill

Group  Explain the Intellectual 02 Presentation


presentation functions of Skill
components IT Skill
Communication
Skill
Presentation
Skill

10.Internal Lecture,  Understand the Intellectual 02 Oral Report

134 | P a g e
organization Showing internal structure Skill
of CPU Animations and explain the IT Skill
internal structure

11.Ram types Lecture  Differentiate Intellectual 01 Quiz


and their RAM types and Skill
advantages / their IT Skill
disadvantage characteristics
s
Group  Explain the Intellectual 02 Oral Report
discussion advantages and Skill
disadvantages IT Skill
Communication
Skill

12.Display Lecture  Differentiate Intellectual 01 Oral Report


types and display types and Skill
their their technologies IT Skill
advantages /
disadvantage
s Search on  Ability to Select Intellectual 02 Presentation
the web and appropriate Skill
Group display for a given IT Skill
discussion purpose
Communication
Skill
Presentation
Skill

13.Printer Lecture  Differentiate Intellectual 01 Quiz


types and printer types and Skill
their their technologies IT Skill
advantages /
disadvantage Search on  Ability to Select Intellectual 02 Assignment
s the web and appropriate printer Skill
Group for a given IT Skill
discussion purpose
Communication
Skill

14.Optical Lecture  Differentiate Intellectual 01 Quiz


drives and optical drives and Skill
their their technologies IT Skill
advantages /
disadvantage Search on  Ability to Select Intellectual 02 Assignment
s the web and appropriate printer Skill
Group for a given
135 | P a g e
discussion purpose IT Skill
Communication
Skill

15.Magnetic Lecture  Differentiate Intellectual 01 Quiz


storages and magnetic storages Skill
their and their IT Skill
advantages / technologies
disadvantage
s
Search on  Ability to Select Intellectual 02 Assignment
the web and appropriate Skill
Group storage for a given IT Skill
discussion purpose Communication
Skill

16.Assembling Group  Assemble and Intellectual 04 Checklists


a PC practical disassemble a Skill IT Skill
computer Communication
Skill

HNDIT1103: Structured Programming

Teaching
Time
Lesson and Outcome Assessment
Objectives Duration
Topic Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1.Program Lecture  Define computer Intellectual 0 MCQ, SEQ


design tools program Skills
, flow  Explain what is
charts, programming.
pseudo  Describe
codes Algorithms, Pseudo
codes and Flow
charts.

Practical  Design an Analytical 0 Assignment


algorithmic solution And
for simple problem. Decision
Apply the basic Making
principles to a Skill
practical situation

136 | P a g e
2.Introduction Lecture  Explain what is Intellectual 02 MCQ, SEQ
to C++ programming. Skills
developmen  Describe computer
t programs, evolution
environment of programming
languages and
Language
translators.
 Explain what is C++
 Design, compile and
execute a simple
C++ program.

Practical  Use of IDE Design, IT Skills 04 Assessment


compile and execute
C++ programs to
solve basic
problems.

3.C++ Lecture  Explain the basic Intellectual 02 SEQ


program structure of a C++ Skills
structure program include
files, Declarations,
main function,
comments, cout, cin,
etc.

Practical  Design, compile and IT Skills 04 Assignment


execute C++
programs to solve
basic problems.

4.Data types, Lecture  Describe the concept Intellectual 02 SEQ


variables of a variable and a Skills
and constant.
constants Describe What a data
type is and how
types are represented
in C++.
 Declare and define
variables.
 Naming variables,
Key words, Escape
sequence

Practical  Data types, variables IT Skills 04 Assessment


and constants related
practical

137 | P a g e
5.Expressions, Lecture  Describe what an Intellectual 02 SEQ
statements, operator is. Skills
and  Discuss Assignment
operators in operators, Arithmetic
C++ operators, Increment
and decrement
operators, unary
operators, relational
operators, logical
operators, and
conditional operator.
 Precedence of
operators,
Expressions and
their Definition
 Automatic type
conversions in
Expressions

Practical  Design C++ IT Skills 04 Assessment


programs to solve
basic problems by
using operators.

6.Language Lecture  Explain the Intellectual 02 SEQ,MCQ


control sequence, selection, Skills
structures and repetition
(sequence, structures
selection  Describe the general
and form of the If -Else
repetition) statement.
 Describe the general
form of the while,
do-while and for
statements.
 Explore how to
construct and use
count-controlled and
sentinel-controlled,
flag-controlled
repetition structures

Practical  Write C++ programs IT Skills 04 Assessment


using the sequence,
selection, and
repetition structures

138 | P a g e
7.Branching Lecture  The if statement with Intellectual 02 SEQ
and compound tasks. Skills,
recursion  The switch statement Analytical
 Nested loops Skill
 Examine break and
continue statements
 Recursion

Practical  Write C++ programs IT Skills 04 Assessment


using the sequence,
selection, and
repetition structures

8.Console i/o Lecture  Unformatted console Intellectual 02 SEQ


functions I/O functions Skills
 Character Input

Practical  Basic I/O in C++ IT Skills 04 Assessment


related practical

9.Structured  Describe the basic Intellectual 02 SEQ


data type : concepts of Arrays – Skills
arrays One dimensional
arrays, array
subscript and array
element
 Use arrays in
programming
 Multi-dimensional
arrays

Practical  Solve problems IT Skills 04 Assessment


requiring the use of
arrays.

10. Functions Lecture  Functions as Intellectual 02 SEQ


program building Skills
blocks
 Built-in functions
and User- defined
functions
 General form of a
function
 Defining ,accessing
and calling functions
 Describe and use
functions,
parameters, and
return values.
139 | P a g e
 Local and Global
variables

Practical  Write C++ programs IT Skills 04 Assessment


with functions

11. Pointers Lecture  Describe references Intellectual 02 SEQ


and pointers Skills
 Passing parameters
by value and
reference

Practical  Pointers related IT Skills 04 Assessment


practical
 Parameter passing

12. Structures Lecture  To learn how to Intellectual 02 SEQ


declare a C++ record Skills
(struct) data type.
 Use of structures

Practical  Working with IT Skills 04 Assessment


structures

13. File Lecture  Working with files Intellectual 02 SEQ


handling Skills
and file
based input Practical  Perform file input IT Skills 04 Assessment
/ output and output

14. Fundamen Lecture  Explain Intellectual 02 SEQ


tals of Fundamentals of Skills
program program testing and
testing and debugging.
debugging  Importance of testing
and debugging in
programming.

Practical  Test Case IT Skills 04 Assessment

15. Revision Discussion  Revision of lesson Intellectual 06


and pass done throughout the Skills
paper semester and pass
discussion paper discussion

140 | P a g e
HNDIT1104: Data Representation and Organization

Time Assignment
Teaching and
Duration method
Lesson Topic Learning Objectives Outcomes
Method
(Hours)
1.Basic of Lecturing  State difference Intellectual 1 hours
Skill lecturing
Information between data
Quizzes
and data- and information
End
Weighted  Understanding
semester
and non- relationship Examination
weighted between
number hierarchical
systems and structures of data
Decimal organization (bit,
representatio byte...etc.)
n of  Giving examples
numerical for Positional and
values and non-positional
the theory number systems
/concept to describe any
behind given number
decimal system format
number according to the
system range of digits
which are used in
Introduction
each format.
to data and
information

hierarchical
structure of
data
organization

141 | P a g e
Positional and
non-
positional
number
systems
2.Logic gates  States the Intellectual 2 hours
differences skill lecturing
and Boolean
between each
algebra logic gates and 2 hours
their task tutorial
 Develop a small
Basic logic
combinational
gates (AND , circuits using the
basic logic gates
OR , NOT ,
 States the
NAND , Boolean algebraic
lows
▪ Commutative
NOR ,X-OR)
low
Boolean ▪ Associative
low
▪ Distributive
algebra
low
▪ Identity low
▪ Complement
low
▪ De Morgan’s
low

3.Different Lecturing  convert given Intellectual 6 hours Individual


decimal numbers skill lecturing take-home
types of
Tutorial into binary format
number and vice versa Numerical skill 14 hours Assignment
In-class  Convert binary to tutorial
systems and
discussions, octal, Octal to Teamwork & End
symbols. group work binary, binary to interpersonal Semester
hex and hex to skills Examination
binary.
Decimal to
 convert any
Binary number system
into any other
Conversions /
number system
Octal /  Perform addition,
subtraction,
Hexadecimal
division and

142 | P a g e
(& vice versa) multiplication any
binary numbers.
and Binary to
Octal and
Hexadecimal
(& vice versa)

Converting
Unsigned
Whole
Numbers

Converting
Fractions

Basic
arithmetic
operations
(addition,
subtraction,
multiplication
and division)
on binary
numbers
4.Signed Lecturing  Describe the Intellectual 3 hours Tutorial
possible skill
Integer
In-class representations Lecturing End
Representati discussions, for negative Numerical skill Semester
group work numbers 6 hours Examination
on
 Perform basic problem tutorial
arithmetic solving
Signed operations on
numerical values
Magnitude
represented

Complement
Systems

143 | P a g e
Basic
arithmetic
operations on
numerical
values
represented in
floating point
format
5. Fixed and Lecturing  Describe the Intellectual 2 hours Tutorial
difference skill
Floating-
In-class between fixed Lecturing End
Point discussions, point and floating Numerical skill Semester
group work point Examination
Representat
representation problem
ion  Convert from solving 6 hours
fixed point to tutorial
floating point
A Simple
format
Model(14 bit)  Describe floating
point and fixed
point format
The IEEE-
according to the
754 Floating precision and
range which are
Point
used in each
Standard format.
6.Character Group  Describe the Intellectual 1 hours Assignment
Presentation encoding schemes skill
Codes
and also the need Lecturing End
of encoding Inter personal Semester
BCD schemes. skill Examination
 Represent any
given string in communication 2 hours
EBCDIC
given string skill tutorial
representation
ASCII format

UNICODE

144 | P a g e
HNDIT1105: Database Management Systems

Teaching
Time
and Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Outcomes Duration
Learning Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Introduction Lectures  Define & explain intellectual 1 End of


to DBMS tutorial data, skill Semester
information, Exam and
Database & Continues
DBMS. assessments
 Identifying the
Characteristics
of the Database
approach
 Identifying
Components of
database. (Meta
data, query
passer.)

Small group  Understand intellectual 2 End of


discussion advantage and skill, team Semester
& Disadvantage of work, Exam and
presentation DBMS with real leadership, Continues
time application communication assessments
examples skill

Team work  Apply basic intellectual 6 End of


creation of table skill, team Semester
principle in work, Exam and
access (using leadership, Continues
Wizard) communication assessments
skill

2. Database Lectures  Explain different Intellectual 1 End of


model& tutorial database model skill Semester
Scheme (Network, Exam and
Hierarchical, Continues
relational, assessments
Object oriented)
& Three schema
architecture.

145 | P a g e
Assignment  Explain Intellectual 2 End of
relational skill, personal Semester
database models and Exam and
professional Continues
development assessments

Team work  Creates tables Intellectual 6 End of


and make skill, personal Semester
relationships and Exam and
professional Continues
development assessments

3. Database Lectures  Explain ER Intellectual 3 End of


Design ER tutorial  conceptual skill, personal Semester
model design and Exam and
 Identify Entity professional Continues
,attributes and development assessments
relationships

Small group  Identifies Intellectual 6 End of


discussion Cardinality ratio skill, personal Semester
& and and Exam and
presentation participation. professional Continues
development assessments

Teamwork  Explain ER to Intellectual 3 End of


physical skill, personal Semester
modeling and Exam and
conversion professional Continues
development assessments

4. Structured Lectures  Explain Intellectual 1 End of


Query tutorial DML,DDL and skills Semester
Language DCL Exam and
Continues
assessments

Teamwork  Practices SQL Intellectual 6 End of


statements under skill, personal Semester
DML and Exam and
professional Continues
development assessments

Teamwork  Practices SQL Intellectual 6 End


statements under skill, personal Semester
and
146 | P a g e
DDL professional Exam
development

Tutorial work  Understand Intellectual 6 Continues


sheet advanced SQL skill, personal assessments
statements and
professional
development

5. Normalizati Lectures  Identify Intellectual 6 End


on tutorial anomalies of a skill, personal Semester
database and Exam
 Discuss need of professional
normalization development
 Removing
anomalies by
introducing
normalization
 Converting zero
normal form to
third normal
form

6. Security Lectures  Identifying Intellectual 4 End


concepts & Tutorials concepts of the skill, personal Semester
Introducing security and Exam
advanced  Discuses Grants professional
database and Rework development
concepts Identifying Data
warehousing,
Data Mining

Group  Installation of Intellectual 1 Continues


Activity MySQL and skill, personal assessments
SQL Server and
professional
development

60

147 | P a g e
HNDIT1106: Web Development

Teaching
Time
and Outcome Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Methods

1. History and Lecture  Describe the Intellectual 1 SEQ


development evolution of the skills
of the Internet, Internet.
How Internet  Illustrate how
operates and Internet operate
Internet and internet
governance governing

Practical  Identify/ Use IT Skills 3 Assignment


different browsers
and search
engines

2. Different ways Theory  Describe different Intellectual 1 SEQ


of connecting ways of Skills
to the Internet connecting to the
Internet

Practical  Identify different IT Skills 3 Assignment


ways of
connecting to the
internet

3. Common Theory  Describe common Intellectual 1 SEQ


Internet based internet based Skills
applications applications
(WWW,
email, FTP Practical  Create E-mail IT Skills 3 Assignment
etc.) account and use e-
mail and use FTP

4. Types of web- Theory  Describe different Intellectual 1 SEQ


sites (Static, types of web sites. Skills

148 | P a g e
Dynamic, Practical  Differentiate IT Skills 3 Assignment
Collaborative static, dynamic
and web Sites and
Syndication collaborative,
etc.) Syndication web
sites.
 Use social
networks (e.g.:
face book,
YouTube, Twitter,
etc)

5. Migration Theory  Explain and Intellectual 1 SEQ


from Web 1.0 differentiate web Skills
to Web 2.0 1.0, web 2.0.
and the  Describe how to
differences migrate contents
between them from web 1.0 to
web 2.0.

Practical  Identify web sites IT Skills 3 Assignment


under the category
of web 1.0 and
web 2.0

6. Modern Web Theory  List out features Intellectual 1 SEQ


applications of modern web Skills
(Social sites.
Networking, e-
Commerce, e- Practical  Recognize IT Skills 3 Assignment
Governance) features of
modern
ecommerce and
social networking
web sites

7. Data security Theory  Explain about data Intellectual 1 SEQ


issues in security issues of Skills
Internet internet.
(Viruses,
Adware & Practical  Identify data IT Skills 3 Assignment
Spyware, security issues in
Trojan internet.
programs etc.)

149 | P a g e
8. Protecting data Theory  Describe common Intellectual 1 SEQ
in the Internet internet based Skills
applications

Practical  Demonstrate IT Skills 3 Assignment


antivirus software
updating and
firewall setting of
browsers

9. Markup Theory  Describe HTML Intellectual 1 SEQ


languages – basic tags Skills
HTML basics
Practical  Design a web IT Skills 3 Assignment
page using basic
tags

10. Inserting Theory  Describe how to Intellectual 1 SEQ


images, links insert images, Skills
and Lists links and Lists to
a web page

Practical  Insert images, IT Skills 3 Assignment


links and Lists to a
web page

11. Designing Theory  Describe how to Intellectual 1 SEQ


tables using design tables in a Skills
HTML web page

Practical  Create a web page IT Skills 3 Assignment


by adding HTML
tables

12. Designing Theory  Describe how to Intellectual 1 SEQ


forms using design forms in a Skills
HTML web page.

Practical  Create forms IT Skills 3 Assignment


using HTML

13. Use of styles Theory  Describe how to Intellectual 1 SEQ


and frames design styles and Skills
frames in a web

150 | P a g e
page

Practical  Create a web page IT Skills 3 Assignment


by adding styles
and frames

14. Website Theory  Describe how to Intellectual 1 SEQ


development design a web page Skills
using a design using design tool
tool
Practical  Design a web IT Skills 3 Assignment
page using a
design tool

15. Deploying Theory  Describe how to Intellectual 1 SEQ


websites deploy web sites Skills

Practical  Deploy a website IT Skills 3 Assignment

HNDIT1107: Mathematics for IT

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Introduction Lecture  Define set, Intellectual 1 Quizzes


to Sets, Sets element Skills
and  Describe the
elements, Tutorial meaning of basic 2 SEQ
Construction set notations
of sets  Classify a given
element as a
member or not a
member of a set.
 construct sets
 List the elements
of a set using
listing method and
using set builder
notation
 Construct sets

151 | P a g e
2. Special Sets, Lecture  Identify the types Intellectual 1 Discussion
VENN of a set Skills
Diagrams,  Define the
Complement Tutorials complement of Analytical 2 Assignment
of sets given set. Skill
Problem
Solving

3. Set Lecture  Perform set Intellectual 1 Discussion


Operations, operations to Skills
Duality build set
Tutorials expression Problem 2 SEQ
Solving

4. Laws of Lecture  Apply laws of Intellectual 1 Discussion


Algebra of algebra to Skills
Sets Tutorials simplify the 2 SEQ
Counting complex set
Principles expression
,Power set,
Ordered
pairs,
Cartesian
products

5. Introduction Lecture  Describe and Intellectual 1 Discussion


to relations, Define relations Skills
Notations,  Define the inverse
Ordered of relations
pairs
Product of
two, three Tutorial  Find the inverse Problem 2 SEQ
and more of relations Solving
sets,
Universal,
empty,
Equality
relations,
Inverse
Relation

6. Representati Lecture  Present relations Intellectual 1 Discussion


on of graphically as Skills
relations matrix, arrow
Composition Tutorials diagram, Problem 2 SEQ
of relations Solving
Directed graph
Types of Analytical
relations  Identify the types

152 | P a g e
Reflexive, of relations Skills
Symmetric,
Transitive
and
Equivalence
relations

7. Functions Lecture  Distinguish Intellectual 1 Discussion


Basic relation and Skills
definitions Tutorial function 2 SEQ
and  Define terms used
Notations in functions
The  Describe a
characteristi function
cs of  Identify the partial
functions functions
Standard  Plot functions
function as
Trigonometr
ic,
Logarithm,
exponential
etc
Partial
function
Linear,
Quadratic,
and Cubic
Functions

8. Plotting Lecture  Identify a function Intellectual 1 Discussion


functions as Injective, Skills
Injective, Subjective and
Surjective Tutorial Objective Problem 2 SEQ
and functions Solving
Objective  Define the inverse Mathematical
functions function if exist Skills
Inverse  Compose two or
functions more functions
Composition
of functions.

9. Matrices - Lecture  Arrange given set Intellectual 1 Discussion


Introduction of values as a Skills
Matrix Matrix
Notations  classify the matrix
Types type as the

153 | P a g e
Matrices arrangement
Tutorial 2 Quizzes
Equality of  Equate two or
Matrices more matrix

10. Symmetric/ Lecture  Define the Intellectual 1 Discussion


Skew- Symmetric, Skew Skills
symmetric symmetric Mathematical
Matrices
Transpose and Skills
Transpose Adjoin Matrix
of a Matrix
11. Adjoin of a Tutorial  Find the 2 SEQ
Matrix Symmetric, Skew
symmetric
Transpose and
Adjoin Matrix

12. Matrix Lecture  Manipulate the Intellectual 1 Discussion/


addition and matrix Addition, Skills SEQ
subtraction Subtraction, Mathematical
Scalar Scalar product, Skills
product and Matrix
Matrix multiplication Problem
Multiplicati Tutorials Solving 2 SEQ
on
Properties of
matrix
multiplicatio
n

13. Elementary Lecture/  Do elementary Mathematical 3 Discussion/


operations row and column Skills SEQ
Tutorial
(Row/ operations of Problem
Column) Matrix Solving
Singular/
Regular
Matrix

14. Determinan Lecture/  Find inverse and Intellectual 3 Discussion/


t of Second Tutorial determinant of Skills Assignment
and Third matrix Mathematical
order  Use Cramer’s Skills
Matrices Rule to solve the
Solving system of linear Problem
system of equations. Solving
Linear
Equations
by Cramer’s
Rule
154 | P a g e
HNDIT1108: English for Technology I

Teaching
Time
and Outcome Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Simple Communicati  Identify the Grammar 2 Written &


present & ve approach difference competence spoken tasks
Present between two and
continuous communicative
contexts
skills
 Use the sentence
structures and
verb forms
correctly

2. Simple past Communicati  Identify the Grammar Written &


and Past ve approach difference competence spoken tasks
2
continuous between two and
contexts communicative
 Use the sentence skills
structures and
verb forms
correctly

3. Simple Communicati  Identify the Grammar 2 Written &


Future ve approach difference competence spoken tasks
between two and
contexts communicative
 Use the sentence skills
structures and
verb forms
correctly

4. Future Communicati  Identify the Grammar 2 Written &


continuous ve approach difference competence spoken tasks
& Future between two and
Perfect contexts communicative
 Use the sentence skills
structures and
verb forms
correctly

155 | P a g e
5. Present Communicati  Identify the Grammar 2 Written &
Perfect ve approach difference competence spoken tasks
between two and
contexts communicative
 Use the sentence skills
structures and
verb forms
correctly

6. Past Perfect Communicati  Identify the Grammar 2 Written &


ve approach difference competence spoken tasks
between two and
contexts communicative
 Use the sentence skills
structures and
verb forms
correctly

7. Prepositions Communicati  Use prepositions Grammar 4 Written &


ve approach appropriately competence spoken tasks
&Lecture and
communicative
skills

8. Passive Communicati  Identify the Grammar 6 Written &


voice ve approach differences competence spoken tasks
& Lecture between Active & and
Passive communicative
 Forms of speech skills
 Use the sentence
structures and
verb forms
correctly

9. Determiners Communicati  Identify different Grammar 2 Written &


ve approach types of competence spoken tasks
& Lecture determiners and
 Use determiners communicative
appropriately skills

10. Informal Communicati  Identify items of Writing 4 Written &


letters ve an informal letter practice & spoken tasks
approach&  Use communicative
language
Lecture skill
features relevant
to informal letter

11. Writing & Lecture  Identify items of Writing 2 Written &


replying invitations and practice &
156 | P a g e
invitations notices communicative spoken tasks
and notices  Use language skill
features relevant
to
invitations/notices

12. Develop Lecture  Identify different Writing 4 Writing


paragraphs paragraph writing practice & activity
styles Organizing
 Arrange information
information in
paragraphs
properly

13. Speech Communicati  Identify main Identification 6 Practical


sounds ve approach types of speech of speech tasks
& Lecture sounds sounds
 Identify formation
of speech sounds
 Practice
producing speech
sounds

14. Memos Lecture  Identify items of Writing 4 Writing


an informal letter practice & tasks
 Use language familiarize
features relevant memo format
to informal letter

15. E-mail Lecture  Identify items of Writing 2 Writing


an informal letter practice & task
 Use language familiarize E-
features relevant mail format
to informal letter

16. Word Lecture  Identify rules of Familiarize 4 Writing &


formation word formation word practical
 Practice formation task
conjugation of principle &
words conjugation
 Practice using
correct form of
words in texts

17. Revision Task–based  Complete tasks Grammar 6 Tasks based


Tasks teaching incorporating Reading on the four
learning skills writing skills
Listening
Speaking
157 | P a g e
Year 1 – Semester II

HNDIT1209 – Object Oriented Programming

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Methods

1.Introduction Lecture  Identify special Intellectual 06 Presentation


to JAVA features in java Skills (group)
language
and JAVA
Programmin
g
environment

2.Data Types Lecture/Pract Intellectual 04


and ical Skills
Variables

3.Comments ,  Describe IT Skills 02 Assignment


documentati advantages of
on using comments
comments

4.Using Lecture  Identify the Object 06


Methods, concept of classes Oriented
Classes, and and objects and Concepts
Objects use of member
data/methods

5.Conditions Lecture/Pract  Identify Flow Analytical 04


and Logical ical control and And Decision
Expressions combine logical Making Skill
expressions

6.Using Lecture/Pract  Identify Iteration Analytical 10 Quizzes


repetition ical controlling And Decision
and Making Skill
selection
statements

7.Strings and Lecture/Pract  Understand Intellectual 04 Quizzes


wrapper mutable and
158 | P a g e
classes ical immutable Skills
objects and
behavior

8.Arrays and Lecture/Pract  Apply concept of Analytical 10 Group


complex ical data structures And Decision project
record Making Skill
structures

9.Exception Lecture/Pract  Understand error Intellectual 06


handling ical conditions and Skills
how to handle
them

10. Inheritance, Lecture/Pract  Understand OOP Intellectual 10


polymorphis ical concepts in java Skills
m,
Abstraction
and
Interfaces

11. Multithread Lecture/Pract  Use Analytical And 08


ing ical multithreading in Decision
java application Making Skill

12. Java Lecture/Pract  Understand how Intellectual 04 Quizzes


Applets ical java interacts in Skills
web pages

13. Graphics Lecture/Pract  Apply basic Intellectual 06 Quizzes


in JAVA ical graphics in java Skills

14. Using Lecture/Pract  Use swing Intellectual 10 Quizzes


Swing ical components to Skills
Components create GUI
and libraries

HNDIT1210: Graphics and Multimedia

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

159 | P a g e
1.Introduction Lecture  Define common Intellectual 2 Quizzes
to multimedia terms Skills
multimedia such as
and multimedia,
multimedia integration,
concepts interactive,
Hypermedia
HTML and
authoring

2.Adobe Flash Practical  Flash basics IT & Practical 4 Practical


lesson 1 Skills Assignment

3.Types of Lecture  Describe several Intellectual 2 Discussion


multimedia different Skills
(vector, environments in
raster, linear which multimedia
and can be used, and
nonlinear several different
etc.) aspects of
multimedia that
provide a benefit
over other forms
of information
Presentation.

4.Adobe Flash Practical  Setting up a IT & Practical 4 Practical


lesson 2 Flash Scene Skills Assignment

5.Raster and Lecture  Identify the Intellectual 2 Discussion


Vector features of raster Skills
content and Vector
 Introduce the
colour theory
Visible spectrum,
Colour models:
RGB, CMYK,
HSL, YUV and
Color depth

6.Adobe Flash Practical  Animation Basic IT & Practical 4 Practical


lesson 3 Skills Assignment

7.Typography Lecture  Introduce the Intellectual 1 Discussion


typography, Skills

160 | P a g e
Character ,glyphs
and font
 Describe special
effects: Tracking
& kerning, line
spacing,
orientation, anti-
alias

8.Adobe Flash Practical  Motion Tweens IT & Practical 4 Practical


lesson 4 Skills Assignment

9.Audio  Explain the audio Intellectual 2 Discussion


 Explain Skills
properties of
sound wave,
Audio encoding,
Audio file size
and audio formats
 Use of audio in
multimedia
(content and
ambient sounds)

10. Adobe Practical  Movie Clip IT & Practical 4 Practical


Flash lesson Animation & 3D Skills Assignment
5

11. Video and Lecture  Describe video Intellectual 3 Discussion


Animation compression, Skills
video standard
and formats.
 Explain
animation
History, Type of
animation,
Principles of
animation

12. Adobe Practical  The Motion IT & Practical 4 Practical


Flash lesson Editor Skills Assignment
6

13. Multimedi Lecture  Explain Intellectual 2 Discussion


a graphic compression and Skills
compression decompression
schemes and (use run length )
standards

161 | P a g e
14. Adobe Practical  Apply Action IT & Practical 4 Practical
Flash lesson Script & Skills Assignment
7 Interactivity

15. Multimedi Lecture  Identify the Intellectual 1 Discussion


a delivery benefits and Skills
Methods drawbacks of
various options
for packaging and
delivering the
multimedia
projects,
including hosting
and Web delivery

16. Adobe Practical  Working with IT & Practical 4 Practical


Flash lesson video Skills Assignment
8

17. Adobe Practical  Project IT & Practical 4 Practical


Flash lesson Skills Assignment
9 Team Work
And Inter
Personal Skills

18. Adobe Practical  Introduction to IT & Practical 4 Practical


Photoshop Photoshop Skills Assignment

Adobe Practical  Identify Tools IT & Practical 4 Practical


Photoshop Skills Assignment

Adobe Practical  Use Editing tools IT & Practical 4 Practical


Photoshop Skills Assignment

Adobe Practical  Creating montage IT & Practical 4 Practical


Photoshop Skills Assignment

Adobe Practical  Saving images in IT & Practical 4 Practical


Photoshop different formats Skills Assignment

Adobe Practical  Assignment IT & Practical 4 Practical


Photoshop Skills Assignment

162 | P a g e
HNDIT1211: Data Structures and Algorithms

Teaching & Time


Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Learning Objectives Duration
Addressed Method
Method (hours)

1. Primitive Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ


Data Types Skill
and
Abstract
Data Types

2. Data Lecture Intellectual SEQ


Structure, Skill
Linear and
Nonlinear
Data
Structure

3. Algorithm Group Team Work 2 Group


and Discussion Presentation
Communicatio
Efficiency n Skill
of
Algorithm
(Big ‘O’
Notation)

4. Best, Worst Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/


and Learning Essay
Average
Cases

5. What is an Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ


array? Skill

6. Simple Group Team Work 3 Group


C++ Discussion Presentation
Communicatio
programs n Skill
related to
array

7. Multi- Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ


Dimension Skill
al Array

8. Simple Group Team Work 2 Group

163 | P a g e
C++ Discussion Communicatio Presentation
programs n Skill
related to
2D-
Dimension
al Array

9. Advantages Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/


and Learning Essay
Disadvanta
ges of
arrays

10. Define Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ


Pointer and Skill
Structure

11. Pointer Group Team Work 3 Group


and Discussion Presentation
Communicatio
Structure in n Skill
C++

12. Linked Lecture 1 SEQ


List and its
Operations

13. Structural Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/


Diagrams Learning Essay
of Linked
List
Operations

14. Implement Group Team Work 1 Group


ation of Discussion Presentation
Communicatio
Linked List n Skill
Operations
in C++

15. Advantage Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ


s and Group Skill
Disadvanta Learning
ge of
Linked List

16. Stack and Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ


its Skill
Operations

17. Structural Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/

164 | P a g e
Diagrams Learning Essay
of Stack
Operations

18. Implement Group Team Work 2 Group


ation of Discussion Communicatio Presentation
Stack using n Skill
Array in
C++

19. Implement Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ


ation of Group Skill
2
Stack using Discussion Team Work
Linked List
in C++ Communicatio
n Skill

20. Advantage Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/


s and Learning Essay
Disadvanta
ge of Stack

21. Queue and Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ


its Skill
Operations

22. Structural Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/


Diagrams Learning Essay
of Queue
Operations

23. Implement Group Team Work 2 Group


ation of Discussion Presentation
Communicatio
Queue n Skill
using Array
in C++

24. Implement Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ


ation of Group Skill 2
Queue Discussion
using
Linked List
in C++

25. Advantage Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/


s and Learning Essay
Disadvanta
ge of
Queue

165 | P a g e
26. Define Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ
Tree Skill

27. Some Group Team Work 1 Group


Terms Discussion Presentation
Communicatio
related to n Skill
Trees:
Root,
parent,
child,
sibling,
leaf, Size,
depth,
height and
level,
Degree,
Path.

28. Special Group Team Work 2 Group


Types of Discussion Presentation
Communicatio
Trees: n Skill
Binary
Tree,
Binary
Search
Tree and
AVL
(Adelson
Velsky
Landis)
Tree

29. Implement Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ


ation of Group Skill 2
Binary Discussion
Tree

30. Advantage Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/


s and Learning Essay
Disadvanta
ges of
Binary
Tree

31. Define Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ


sorting Skill
algorithms

166 | P a g e
32. Selection Group Team Work 3 Group
Sort Discussion Presentation
Communicatio
Algorithm n Skill
and C++
implementa
tion

33. Bubble Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ


Sort Skill
Algorithm
and C++
implementa
tion

34. Insertion Group Team Work 2 Assignment


Sort Discussion / Practical
Communicatio
Algorithm n Skill
and C++
implementa
tion

35. Efficiency Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/


of the Sort Learning Essay
Algorithms
(Best,
Worst and
Average
Case
Compariso
n

36. Define Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ


searching Skill
algorithms

37. Sequential Group Team Work 3 Assignment


/Linear Discussion / Practical
Communicatio
Search n Skill
Algorithm
and C++
implementa
tion

38. Binary Lecture Intellectual 1 SEQ


Search Skill
Group 2
Algorithm Discussion Team Work
and C++
implementa Communicatio

167 | P a g e
tion n Skill

39. Efficiency Group Self-Learning 1 Assignment/


of the Learning Essay
Search
Algorithms
(Best,
Worst and
Average
Cases)

HNDIT1212: System Analysis and Design

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1.Introduction Lecture  Identify the Intellectual 4 Quiz,


to System importance of the skills Discussion ,
Analysis SAD Group
and Design  Identify the basic Presentation
concept of
information
system.
 Uses of
information
system.
 Identify the
different types of
information
system according
to the
management
hierarchy

2.Main phases Lecture  Describe the main Intellectual 4 Quiz,


of the SDLC phases of the skills Discussion ,
SDLC Group
 Problem Presentation
Definition
(systems
168 | P a g e
Investigation)
 System
Analysis
 System Design
 System
Implementation
 System Testing
 System
Maintenance

3.Major Lecture  Describe Intellectual 4 Quiz,


components Methodology, skills Discussion ,
of system Modeling Group
development Methods, Presentation
Techniques and
Tools

4.Software Lecture  Describe System Intellectual 8 Case study:


process Development life skills
models cycle models Select a
Analytical suitable life
Eg:waterfall, skills cycle model
prototyping, for a given
spiral, RAD, situation
incremental &
Agile

5.System Lecture  Describe role and Intellectual 3 Quiz,


analyst skills of system skills Discussion ,
analyst Group
Presentation

6.Problem Lecture  Explain problem Intellectual and 4 Group


Identificatio identification analytical skill activity
n method
 Create System
proposal
 Perform
Feasibility study

7.System Lecture  Explain System Intellectual 5 Group


Design design skills activity
approaches. (Create
 Describe Tools Analytical skill DFD up to
and techniques level 1)
used for Assignment
designing:
169 | P a g e
 Data flow
diagram (DFDs)
 Data dictionary
 Structured English
 Decision table
 Decision tree

8.System Lecture  Explain: Intellectual 10 discussions


Implementat skills and
ion  source code assignments
 user
documentation
 System Testing
 staff training
 File conversion

9.System Lecture  Explain Intellectual 3 discussions


Maintenance maintenance skills and
activities assignments

HNDIT1213: Data Communications and Networks

Teaching
Time
and Assessment
Lesson Topic Objective Outcomes Duration
Learning Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Basics of Lecture,  Describe Intellectual 1 SEQ,


Data Discussion Importance of Skills Discussion,
Communicati computer Presentation
IT Skills
on network, Basic , Report
components of Writing Skills Writing
communication
system

browsing  List advantages of Intellectual 2 Presentation


web & having computer Skills , Report
Group network, Writing
IT Skills
Assignment  Practical :
application of Communicatio
networks n Skills
Presentation
Skills

170 | P a g e
2. Signal and Lecture  Describe Intellectual 1 Presentation
Modulation - characteristics of Skills ,MCQ
Type of signals, Analog IT Skills
modulations and Digital
Signals, Basic communication
Modulation Skills
technologies

Practical  Draw the Time Intellectual 2 Assignment


and frequency Skills Quiz
domain diagram IT Skills
for modulation
methods Presentation
Skills

3. Network Lecture and  Categorize Intellectual 1 Viva,


Media Video network media Skills
Quiz,
depend on the IT Skills Presentation
media types,
guided and Communicatio
unguided media n Skills

Practical  Apply Crimping IT Skills 2 Group


methods, RJ 45 Works
Network
sockets and Design
identify the color concepts
scheme
 Making straight Lab exercises
through and
crossover cables

4. LAN Lecture  Identifying NIC, Intellectual 1 Group


5. Componen Discussions Switch, HUB and skills works
ts routers IT Skills Presentation
Network Case
design Studies
concepts

Practical  Build a simple Intellectual 2 Paired


Assignment computer network Skills Works
by using prepared IT Skills Assignment
cables, and testing s Based On
a damaged cables Problem
Packet
with Network Solving Skills,
Tracer
cable testers Analytical
 Introduce CISCO Skills
packet tracer to
connect LAN
171 | P a g e
equipment,
network utility
command ping

6. Layered Lecture  Advantages of Intellectual 2 Assignment,


Architecture Layered skills SEQ,
Discussions
Architecture OSI IT Skills Essay Type
models, TCP IP questions
models Communicatio
n Skill

7. Discussions  Explain Peer Intellectual 2 Group


Practical Layers and their Skills works
duties,
Communicatio Presentation
Differences
n Skills , Case
between TCP and Studies,
OSI models
 Use netstat, Lab Sheets
tracert, nslookup
commands

8. Network Lecture  Define protocols IT Skills, 2 Assignment,


Protocols and give examples Communicatio Presentation
and their port n Skills, , Quiz Or
numbers, Discussion
 Operations of Intellectual
Protocols and Skills, Lab Sheets
their Critical
demonstrations, Thinking Skills
Use TCP/IP
layers referring
Video tutorials

Practical  Wireshark packet IT Skills, 2 Assignment,


capture to Intellectual Lab sheet,
understand the Skills,
operation of Tutorial Or
protocols, DHCP Problem Quiz
and DNS demo Solving Skills,
with packet tracer Analytical
Skills

9. IP Lecture  Describe IP Intellectual 1 Quiz


Addressing Address and IPV4 Skill Lab Demo
and IPV6 IT Skills
versions, logical Group Work
and physical Communicatio
addressing, n skills
subnetmask and
172 | P a g e
gateway Network
design goals

Practical  view IP Intellectual 2 Assignment,


configuration, skills Viva,
subnet mask IT Skills,
usage and ping Labsheet
and traceroute Problems Group
commands, Proxy solving Skills, Works
setting to identify Trouble
IP address Shooting Skills

10. Routing Lecture  Basics of routing Intellectual 3 Checklists


and routing skills Assignment
protocols, IT Skills
Routing and Discussion
routed protocols, Communicatio
Dynamic and n Skills
Static routing
methods. Routing
algorithms and
diagrams ARP
and RARP

Group  Drawing network Intellectual 2 Presentation


presentation diagram to skills Lab Sheets
understand the
Lab Demo IT Skills
routing
algorithms, next Communicatio
hop n Skills
Presentation
Skills

11. Network Lecture,  Understand the Intellectual 2 Oral Report,


Security Showing basics of security, skills Presentation
Animations public key and , Viva
IT Skills
private key
encryptions, Critical
cryptography, Thinking Skills
encryption and
decryption and
terminology
related to network
security

173 | P a g e
HNDIT1214: Statistics for IT

Teaching
Time
& Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Introduction Lecture  Define Intellectual 1 Discussion


to Statistics “Statistics” Skills
 Differentiate
between the
two branches
of statistics.
 Identify types
of data.
 Identify the
measurement
level for each
variable.

2. Frequently Lecture  Demonstrate Intellectual 1 Quiz


used terms in knowledge of Skills
Statistics statistical
terms

3. Methods of Give  Identify the Intellectual 1 Individual


Collecting Relevant methods of Skills Presentation
Data Referenc data collecting
e And  Select a Presentation
Make suitable data Skills
Student collection
To method for a Decision
Present given scenario Making
Gained
Knowled
ge

4. Methods of Self-  Identify the Problem 1 Case study


Sampling Study four basic Solving
With The sampling
Help Of techniques.
Lecturer

5. Organization Lecture  Recognize Problem 1 SEQ


and different types Solving
Summarizati of data
174 | P a g e
on of Data  Describe data
presented as a
list
 Describe
discrete data
presented in a
table
 Describe
continuous
data presented
in a grouped
frequency
table

Tutorial  Summarize a Problem 3 Assignment


given data set Solving
using tables
 Present a
given data set
using
appropriate
graphical form

6. Sigma Lecture  Expand a sum Mathematical 1 SEQ


Notation and given in sigma Notation
its Properties notation into Handling
an explicit Skills
sum
 Write an
explicit sum in
sigma notation
where there is
an obvious
pattern to the
individual
terms;
 use rules to
manipulate
sums
expressed in
sigma notation

Tutorial  Apply sigma Mathematical 2 Assignment


notations in Notation
given Handling
scenarios Skills

175 | P a g e
7. Measures of Lecture  Describe Intellectual 2 Discussion
Location Measures of Skills
Location

Tutorial  Summarize Problem 3 Assignment


data, using Solving
measures of
central
tendency, such
as the mean,
median, mode,
and midrange.

8. Measures of Lecture  Describe Intellectual 1 Discussion


Dispersion Measures of Skills
Dispersion

Tutorial  Describe data, Problem 3 Assignment


using Solving
measures of
variation, such
as the range,
variance, and
standard
deviation.
 Identify the
position of a
data value in a
data set, using
various
measures of
position, such
as percentiles,
deciles, and
quartiles.

9. Permutation Lecture  Explain the Analytical 1 SEQ


and basic of Skills
Combination Permutation
s and
Combinations

Tutorial  Apply Problem 3 Quiz competition


fundamental Solving
counting
principle
176 | P a g e
 Compute
permutations
 Compute
combinations
 Distinguish
permutations
vs.
combination

10. Introduction Lecture  Define Intellectual 1 Quiz


to “Probability” Skills
Probability  Define the
terms
experiments,
outcomes,
sample space

11. Rules of Lecture  Describe the Intellectual 1 Group discussion


Probability Rules of Skills
Probability.
 Describe
independent
events ,
mutually
exclusive
events

Tutorial  Identify the Analytical 2 Assignment


type of event Skills
in a given
scenario
 Apply Rules
of Probability

12. Tree Lecture  Describe tree Intellectual 1 SEQ


Diagrams, diagrams and Skills
Conditional Conditional
Probabilities Probability

Tutorial  Draw tree Analytical 2 Assignment


diagrams for Skills
given
scenarios
 Apply
Theories of
conditional
probability for
177 | P a g e
given
scenarios

13. Probability Lecture  Define Intellectual 1 SEQ


Distributions Probability Skills
Distributions
 Differentiate
Discrete and
Continuous
PD

Tutorial  Represent Analytical 2 Assignment


Probability Skills
Distributions
using graphs,
table and
equations

14. Expected Lecture  Describe Intellectual 1 Quiz


Value and Expected Skills
Variance Value and
Variance of
discrete
Probability
Distribution.

Tutorial  Apply Analytical 2 SEQ


Theories of Skills
Expected
Value and
Variance of
discrete
Probability
Distribution
for given
scenarios

15. Binomial, Lecture  Describe Intellectual 2 SEQ


Poisson and Binomial, Skills
Normal Poisson and
Distributions Normal
Distributions

Tutorial  Represent Analytical 6 Assignment


Binomial, Skills
Poisson and

178 | P a g e
Normal
Distributions
using graphs
or tables or
equations

HNDIT1215: English for Technology II

Teaching
Time
and Outcome Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Flashback Communica  Identify the difference Grammar 06 Written &


on Tenses tive between contexts competence spoken tasks
including approach  Use the sentence and
Active & structures and verb communicat
Passive forms correctly ive skills
voice

2. Clauses and Communica  Identify the difference Grammar Written &


Phrases tive between two items competence spoken tasks
04
approach &  Use the two items and
lecture correctly in sentences communicati
ve skills

3. Conjunction Communica  Identify the difference Grammar 04 Written &


s tive between two types of competence spoken tasks
approach & conjunctions and
lecture  Use the two communicativ
conjunction types e skills
correctly in sentences

4. Adjectives Communica  Identify different Grammar 04 Written &


tive formations of competence spoken tasks
approach & adjectives and
lecture  Use the adjectives communicativ
correctly in sentences e skills

179 | P a g e
5. Adverbs Communica  Identify different Grammar 04 Written &
tive formations of adverbs competence spoken tasks
approach &  Use the adverbs and
lecture correctly in sentences communicativ
e skills

6. Narratives Communica  Identify features/types Writing 06 Written &


tive of narratives skills, Skills spoken
approach,  Develop a good of organizing tasks
Audio narrative using given a
visual guide lines. composition,
method.& Listening
lecture comprehensi
on

7. Accounts Communica  Read & Identify Writing 04 Written &


on tive features of a good skills, Skills spoken tasks
Professiona approach account of organizing
l Audio a
 Develop a good
experience visual composition,
account using given
method. & guide lines. Listening
Lecture comprehensi
on

8. Role-play, Communica  Listen & identify communicat 04 Listening &


dialogue tive useful phrases and ive skills& spoken tasks
approach & expressions used in Listening
Audio conversations comprehensi
visual  Develop role-plays in on
method groups based on
different situations

9. Telephone Communica  Listen & identify communicat 04 Listening &


conversation tive useful phrases and ive skills& spoken tasks
approach, expressions used in Listening
Audio telephone comprehensi
visual conversations on
method.  Develop telephone
&Lecture conversations in
groups based on
different situations
using given guidelines

10. Describe a Communic  Read &Identify Writing 06 Written &


process ative sentence patterns & skills, Skills spoken tasks
approach& phrases useful in of
Lecture describing a process organizing a
 Prepare and present a composition
description of a , Listening
180 | P a g e
process using given comprehensi
guide lines. on

11. Compariso Communica  Listen & identify Writing 04 Written &


n and tive useful phrases and practice, spoken tasks
contrast approach, expressions used in Organizing
Audio comparison/contrast information
visual  Develop & present & Listening
method. & paragraphs based on comprehensi
Lecture comparison & on
contrast using given
guidelines

12. Formal Lecture  Read and Identify Writing 04 Writing


letters items & types of practice & activity
formal letters Organizing
information
 Identify language
features relevant to
formal letters
 Draft formal letters in
groups on different
matters using given
guidelines

13. Revision Task–based  Complete tasks Grammar 06 Tasks based


Tasks teaching incorporating learning Reading on the four
skills writing skills
Listening
Speaking

HNDIT1216: Human Values and Professional Ethics

Year 2 – Semester III

181 | P a g e
HNDIT2301: Operating Systems and Information Security

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Address Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Introduction Lecture  Explain what is Academic 01 Written


to computer computer security is Test
Skills
security
 Describe Attacks , Academic 01
Computer criminals
Lecture Skills
and Methods of
defense

2. Cryptograph Lecture  Describe Academic & 01 Assignment


y Terminology, Practical &
And
background, Skills
Tutorial Written
Substitution ciphers 08
Test
and Transpositions

 Making a good Academic & 01 Assignment


Encryption algorithm Practical &
 Explain the data Skills Written
encryption standards- 08
Test
DES AES encryption
algorithms

HNDIT2302: IT Project Management

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1.Introduction Lecture,  Explain what a project Intellectual, 02 Quizzes


to project Discussion is and provide communicat
management examples of IT ion skills
and the projects
profile of a  Describe the term
software project management.
project  Explain the special

182 | P a g e
characteristics of IT
projects

2.Introduction Lecture,  Identify key elements Intellectual, 04 Quizzes,


to project Discussion of the project communicat Discussion
management management ion skills
and the framework
profile of a  Describe the project
software management process
project groups
 Describe how the
project management
process groups relate
to the project
management
knowledge areas

3.Project Lecture,  Describe overall Intellectual 04 Quizzes,


Integration tutorial framework for project skills Discussion
Management integration
management and its
relation to other
project management
knowledge areas and
project life cycle.
 Identify software tools
to assist project
integration
management

4.Scope Lecture,  Define the term Intellectual 05 Discussion,


management Tutorial Project Scope skills Quizzes
Management.
 Describe the
processes in Scope
Management
 Apply different
project selection
methods
 Explain the
importance of
creating a project
charter
 Explain the contents
of a scope statement

5.Time Lecture,  Define activities as the Intellectual, 08 Quizzes,

183 | P a g e
management Tutorial, basis for developing Practical, IT Practical
Practical project schedules skills Assignment
 Describe how project
managers use network
diagrams and
dependencies to assist
in activity sequencing
 Explain how various
tools and techniques
help project managers
to perform activity
duration estimating
and schedule
development

6.Cost Lecture,  Explain basic project Intellectual 04 Quizzes


Management Discussion cost management skills
principles, concepts,
and terms
 Describe the processes
involved in cost
budgeting
 Identify the types of
cost estimates and
tools and techniques
for cost
management(top-
down, bottom-up,
parametric)
 Use COCOMO model
to create an estimate
for a project.
 Use earned value
management to
measure the
performance of a
project.

7.Quality Lecture,  Discuss the Intellectual 04 Quizzes,


Management Discussion importance of quality skills Discussion
assurance
 List the outputs of the
quality control process
 Identify the tools and
techniques for quality
control (Pareto
analysis, statistical
sampling, Six Sigma,

184 | P a g e
quality control charts)

8.Human Lecture,  Define project human Intellectual 04 Quizzes,


Resource Discussion resource management skills Discussion
Management and describe its
processes
 Summarize key
concepts for managing
people
 Identify the tools for
HR management
(project organizational
chart, responsibility
assignment matrix,
and resource
histogram)
 Explain the concepts
of resource
assignments, resource
loading, and resource
leveling

9.Communicati Lecture,  Describe the Intellectual 02 Quizzes,


on Discussion importance of good skills Discussion
Management communication on
projects and major
components of a
communications
management plan
 Discuss various
methods for project
information
distribution
 Determine the number
of communications
channels needed for a
project
 Describe how software
can enhance project
communications

10. Risk Lecture,  Discuss the Intellectual 04 Quizzes,


Management Discussion importance of good skills Discussion
project risk
management
 Discuss the risk
management processes
 Identify tools and
techniques available
185 | P a g e
for risk management
(probability/impact
matrixes, the Top Ten
Risk Item Tracking
technique, and expert
judgment to rank
risks)
 Describe different risk
response planning
strategies(risk
 avoidance, acceptance,
transference, and
mitigation)

11. Procureme Lecture,  Describe term Intellectual 02 Quizzes


nt Tutorial outsourcing and the skills
Management importance of project
procurement
management for IT
projects
 Identify the processes
in procurement
management
 Define the term e-
procurement

12. The Role Lecture,  Explain the job Intellectual 02 Quizzes,


the project Discussion description of an IT skills Discussion
Manager project manager.
 Identify the skills
required for a project
manager

HNDIT2303: Principles of Management and Applied Economics

Teaching
Time
and Outcome Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Methods

1.Introduction Lecturing  Describe Intellectual 04(L) SEQ


to management, skills
In-class
Management Management as a
discussion
process
Group
186 | P a g e
work  Discuss is
Management an Art
or a Science?
 Explain core concepts
of management, why
management, and
Managerial roles

2.Introduction to Lecturing  Describe an Intellectual 04 (L) SEQ &


Organization organization, a skills
In-class assignment
and business organization
discussions
Organization 02 (T)
, group  Classify business
Environment
work organizations
 Identify
Organizational
Environment
 SWOT Analysis in
Organizational
Environment
 Describe corporate
Social Responsibility
 Identify Stakeholders
of an Organization

187 | P a g e
3.Evolution of Lecturing  Introduction to Intellectual 04 (L) SEQ
Management In-class Evolution of skills Assignmen
Thought discussions Management Thought t
02 (T)
, group  Classical Approach to
work Management
 Behavioral Approach
 Management Science
Approach
 Systems Approach
 Contingency
Approach
 Japanese
Management
Approach
 Japanese Vs
American
Management
Approach
 Theory Z
 Excellence in
Business Approach
 Evolving
Contemporary
Management
Approaches

4.Managerial Lecturing  Decision and decision Intellectual 02 (L) SEQ


Decision making skills
In-class
Making and discussions  Decision making
Problem 02 (T)
, group conditions
Solving work  Information for
decision making
 Decision making
models

5.The Process Lecture  What is planning? Intellectual 04 (L) SEQ


of Planning  What is a corporate skills MCQ
plan 02 (T)
 Vision, Mission,
Objectives and Goals
 SWOT analysis

188 | P a g e
6.The Process Lecturing  Organization as Intellectual 02 (L) SEQ
of managerial function skills
Organizing  Organizational 02 (T)
structure and chart
 Groups, Teams and
Committees

7.The Process Lecturing  Leading as Intellectual 02 (L) SEQ


of Leading managerial function skills
 Leader vs. managers
01(T)
 Leadership theories

8.The Process Lecture  Control as managerial Intellectual 02 (L) SEQ


of function skills
Controlling  Importance of 01(T)
controlling
 Process of controlling

9.Importance Lecture  Basic Principles of Intellectual 09 (L) SEQ


of Economics Economics skills
 Demand, Supply & 03 (T)
Price

HNDIT2304: Project (Group)

Formats of the key milestones of the Project

Project Proposals

This is the initial document of a project. The purpose of the proposal is to identify a client
with whom we can build up a proposal.

This is the preliminary step of the feasibility study. Student should start with introducing the
problem through the proposal. This project proposal should contain:

Brief introduction about the client

• Business process
189 | P a g e
• Existing system
• Problems and weaknesses
• Aims and objectives of the project
• Scope of the project
• Project feasibility
• Project plan/schedule
• Client’s contact details

The document should include a brief chapter for each of the above headings. Number of
pages should not exceed 12 pages excluding the cover page of the document.

Project Report – Interim/ Progress/ Final

The reports in general should have the following content.

• Introduction
• Problem definition and System Analysis
• System Design
• Development, Testing and Implementation
• Evaluation and Conclusions

Problem Definition and System Analysis

In this phase, there should be a description of the problem that is to be solved, the
requirements of the users and how they were obtained. There should be a clear statement of
the need.

• Define the problem and indicate end users


• Investigate the problem: using questionnaires, observations, past data reviews,
• Interviews, and working with available systems. This section should specify what the
final system should do. Do not discuss implementation issues here.
• Record the findings
• Analyze the findings
• Identify problems/inefficiencies and strengths of current system

190 | P a g e
• Specify requirements: hardware, software and live ware
• Identify the current user activities and current data structures
• Identify scope with clear boundaries
• Analyze the data and tasks carried out by the user: using a suitable software process
model
• Develop and document a clear, testable, verifiable Requirement Specification (use
IEEE standards)
• Acceptance test criteria should be discussed here
• Intended benefits and alternatives e.g Business Systems Options (BSO)

System Design

This phase includes detailed system design including data structures, input-output formats
and user interfaces. In this section students should discuss how he/she is going to implement
the computer based solution. There should be clear design specifications:

• User interface design: design and document user interfaces for data capturing and data
visualization
• Data structures/ system data model
• Specify any verification and validation required and interactive feedback required if
there are any errors in the input
• Design and document using appropriate techniques where possible:
Normalization, E-R (Entity Relationship) / EER (Enhanced Entity Relationship)
models, data structures necessary to solve inefficiencies indicated in the requirement
specification
• Task model: Design and document user task models in the form of task hierarchies,
state transition diagrams or any other form of top down diagrams

Development, Testing, and Implementation

This phase will comprise of a software solution and comprehensive test plan that is developed
from the design, which should show that the system works with all valid, invalid and extreme
data. The test plan should be clearly cross-referenced to show that the system has been tested

191 | P a g e
during development and implementation. It is equally important to test the user interface
(navigation and displays etc.) as well as system functionality and accuracy of data.

• Software development: The solution may be implemented using one or more


programming languages, application software packages, authoring and publishing
tools. Brief description of any software used, together with reasons for their selection
should be included in the report.
• Develop and document data structures of the design
• Produce detailed output from testing, cross referencing as appropriate to the test plan
and select suitable test data and test actions/responses for the design
• Test the software solution with the user, providing documented evidence that the
solution works and devise a strategy for its implementation

Structure of the Report

• Students are expected to introduce each chapter with its own mini-introduction. This
will summarize how the chapter fits in to the whole report and, it should summarize
what the previous chapter asserts and indicate how this chapter follows on.
• At the end of each chapter, students will summarize the contents of the chapter
clearly. Again, students are expected to indicate how the chapter that follows will
relate to the current one in the appropriate places.
• It is not enough in a project to do something and then report how it was done. In most
cases students will be expected to justify why it was done.. Depending on the nature
of the project, this evaluation may warrant a chapter on its own.
• The project report must have a conclusion chapter. In this final chapter, students are
expected to draw together the themes and arguments presented in the body of the text.
The initial paragraph should cover what the project was an outline its main objectives.
• In addition they are expected to emphasize the positive aspects of the work and show
how one has dealt with the problems that arose during the course of the project.
Where problems have proved insurmountable, the student should describe potential
solutions to the problems and show how one worked around them.
• Students should comment on how they generally handled the project and if they are to
redo the project, then how they would have approached it differently. They should

192 | P a g e
comment on how the other academic modules taken for the degree have contributed to
the project and how the project experience will help in one’s future career
development.

Length and Content


The body of the report should include tables, figures and illustrations and report
writing should be clear and concise.
The report documentation specifications are listed as follows:
Paper Size A4 (210mm x 297mm)
Font Times New Roman 12pt
Spacing 1.5 line spacing for main text, single line spacing for footnotes
Margins Left: 3.0cm
Right: 2.5cm
Top: 2.5cm
Bottom: 2.5cm

Title page

Title page template is shown in Appendix D. The “title page” must follow the institute
approved format. Report such as proposal, interim report, final report should be shown
appropriately.

Acknowledgments

The contents and phrasing of the acknowledgments will be the sole responsible of the report
writer.

Declaration page

This is shown in Appendix A

Abstract

193 | P a g e
The abstract should be maximum 150 words and should contain key words of the report and
brief explanation of the report contents.

Table of Contents

Template for the Table of Contents is given in Appendix B.

List of Figures, Tables and Abbreviations

List of abbreviations, illustrations, figures and tables should match the Table of Contents in
style and layout.

Chapter Titles and Section Headings

The project report has to be written in passive voice. Chapter titles or section headings should
give the reader a clear indication of the content that follows. Chapter titles should be centered
and bold. Sections may be bold; first level must use title capitalization or ALL CAPS; second
level will be in title or sentence capitalization- not all caps. Third level headings should be in
sentence capitalization.

Appendix A

Chapter Title Page No.

Title page i

Declaration ii

Acknowledgements iii

Abstract iv

Table of Contents v

List of Tables vi

List of Figures vii

194 | P a g e
Abbreviations viii

Introduction

• Description about the business organization and the business area chosen
• Business process
• Problem definition
• Aims and objectives
• Scope with clear boundaries
• Organization of the dissertation

System Analysis

• Facts gathering techniques used and the findings


o Describe the user requirements using Use-Case diagrams and Use-Case
descriptions (Current System)
o Prepare Activity Diagrams to describe the functionality of the Use-Cases
identified in the above Use-Case diagrams. Use swim lanes to show the role of
actors involved with the process. Clearly indicate the activities to be
computerized. These activity diagrams should not have a column for “system”.
Work only with the application domain.
o Do a verb-noun analysis on use case descriptions and activity diagrams and
identify the entity classes. Prepare a Class Diagram.
o If necessary, prepare Sequence Diagrams and State Chart Diagrams for the
Current System
• Software requirement specification
• Complete BSOs (At least three)
• Cost benefit analysis
• Selected BSO with a sound justification

System Design

195 | P a g e
• Describe the user requirements to be implemented in the proposed system using Use-
Case diagrams and Use-Case description.
• Describe the functionality of the Use-Cases identified in the Use-Case diagram(s)
using Activity Diagrams.
• Use swim-lanes to show the role of actors involved with the process. These activity
diagrams should have a “system” column.
• Identify entity, boundary (interface) and control classes (define all the attributes and
methods of each class) for the proposed system and prepare a Class Diagram. The
class diagram should clearly describe the communication between classes. Realize all
the Use- Cases identified using Sequence Diagrams. (Depending on your approach
you may prepare Sequence Diagrams first and then the Class Diagram
• Normalized database design
• Design of data capturing interfaces and report layouts

Development

• Prepare State Chart Diagrams to describe the behavior of all the classes stated in the
Class Diagram. Discuss the programming language properties required to implement
the above Class Diagram and select programming language/languages.
• Data structures and algorithms
• Third party components / libraries used

Testing

Describe the testing strategy and test plan. Discuss whether the testing approach is Black box
or White box and justify your selection.

List all the Test cases required for the system. If the list too long (for example, the list is
longer than two A4 list only the important test cases in the body of the report and attached all
the test cases as an appendix. The following information should also be available with the test
cases:

• Running platform (ex. MS-Windows XP)


• Tester name

196 | P a g e
• Signature of the tester
• Date
• Test version (There can be more than one tests)

Test report and discussion on quality and reliability

Discuss severity of the error / bug identified and possible solutions (Catastrophic, Serious,
Moderate,

Tolerable or Insignificant: Refer to the text “Software Engineering” by Prof. Ian Sommerville
for more information)

Implementation

• Installation guide
• User guide
• Backup procedures / cycles
• Security procedures

Evaluation & Conclusion

• Degree of objectives met


• Usability, accessibility, reliability and friendliness
• User’s response
• Limitations and drawbacks
• Future modifications, improvements and extensions possible

References

Assessment of the Project

a) Proposal Presentation - 10%


b) Meetings with Supervisor (Log Form) - 25%
c) Interim Progress (Report, Presentation) - 15%
197 | P a g e
d) Final Product and Presentation - 50%

Total Marks - 100%

** The meetings with the supervisor will be assessed based on the records of the log
form. it is the responsibility of the student to fill out the log form on every meeting with
the supervisor and get his/her signature.

Sample Log Form

Date
No Supervisors’
and Duration Description
. Signature
Time
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

HNDIT2305: English for Technology III

Teaching
Time
and Outcome Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1.Compound Lecture  Identify the three Grammar 4 Written and


and Complex Communic different types of competence spoken
Sentences sentences and tasks
ative
 Develop communicat
Learning
sentences/conversatio ive skills
n using the three Grammar
different types of
198 | P a g e
sentences competence
appropriately and
communicat
ive skills
2.Modals Lecture  Identify the different Grammar 4 Written and
modals competence spoken
Communic
and tasks
ative  Develop
communicat
Learning sentences/conversatio
ive skills
n using the modals
appropriately

3.Conditionals Lecture  Identify the three 4 Written and


different types of spoken
sentences tasks
Communic
 Develop
ative
sentences/conversatio
Learning
n using the three
different types of
sentences
appropriately

4.Presentation Lecture  Observe model Improve 6 Written and


skills presentations presentation spoken
Audio
skills tasks
visual  Organize
method information in a
presentation
 Follow stages,
language features and
body language useful
for a presentation
 conduct group
presentations

5.Conducting Lecture  Listen to meetings Improve 4 Written and


Meetings  organize information meetings spoken
Audio
skills tasks
visual in a meeting
method
 Follow stages,
language features and
body language useful
for conducting
effective meetings

6.Making a Lecture  Listen to speeches Improve 4 Written and


speech  organize information oratory spoken
Audio
skills tasks
visual
199 | P a g e
method in a meeting
 Follow stages,
language features and
body language useful
for conducting
effective meetings

7.Evaluation Oral test To asses 6


competence
in spoken
English

8.Intensive Discussion  Read and Find Develop 4 Written and


Reading answers based on comprehens discussion
material related to ion skills on task
technology technologic
al
9.Extensive Discussion  Read and Find documents. 4 Written and
Reading answers based on discussion
material related to task
technology

10. Preparing Discussion  organize information 4 Written &


Advertiseme in an advertisement communicat
nt  Follow language ive task
features useful in
writing
advertisements
 Prepare effective
advertisements

11. Evaluation  Complete the 4 Written task


assessment
successfully

12. Practice Communic  Apply sentence Develop 4 Oral &


Tenses ative structures according grammar written tasks
method to tenses correctly skills

13. Revision Task–based Complete tasks Grammar 8 Tasks based


Tasks teaching incorporating learning Reading on the four
skills writing skills
Listening
Speaking

200 | P a g e
Developer Track Option

HNDIT2311: Rapid Application Development

Teaching
Time
and Outcome Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Methods

1. traditional lecture  Introduction about Intellectual 01 SEQ


and modern RAD skills
application  History of RAD
development
methods, Practical  Identify visual Basic IT Skills 04 Assignment
their environment
advantages  Identify Tools in tool
and Box
disadvantage  Identify properties for
s, Working each tool in tool box
with RAD
GUI

2. interface Theory  Explain the .NET Intellectual 01 SEQ


design for Framework Skills
RAD
applications Practical  write simple VB IT Skills 04 Assignment
using a Application using
common different tools in tool
RAD tool box

3. Characteri Theory  Describe Intellectual 01 SEQ


stics of RAD Characteristics of Skills
RAD

Practical  Implement common IT Skills 04 Assignment


event handlers
 and UI component
interactions in RAD
 using a common
RAD tool

4. Variables Theory  Explain About Intellectual 01 SEQ


and Data variables Skills
Types  Describe how to use
Data types

201 | P a g e
Practical  Write programs for Programmi 04 Assignment
IF.. Else, Nested IF ng Skills
Functions

5. Selection Theory  Operators Intellectual 04 SEQ


& Decision Skills
in VB.Net
Practical  write programs for Programmi 04 Assignment
Nested If ng Skills
 Write programs for
While and Do while

6. Repetition Theory  differentiate do wile Intellectual 01 SEQ


in VB. Net & while , do until & Skills
until

Practical  Write A programs for programmi 04 Assignment


until, Do until ng Skills

7. Continue Theory  describe about FOR Intellectual 01 SEQ


previous loops Skills

Practical  Write A programs for programmi 04 Assignment


FOR.. Next ng Skills

8. Basic Theory  Understanding Intellectual 01 SEQ


Object Classes Skills
oriented
Programming Practical  Working With Object programmi 04 Assignment
Concepts Oriented Concepts ng Skills

9. Classes in Theory  Describe Inheritance, Intellectual 01 SEQ


VB.Net Polymorphism, and Skills
Names Space

Practical  Create Different programmi 04 Assignment


Classes in VB.Net ng Skills

10. Different Theory  Introduction About Intellectual 01 SEQ


methods of Business Application Skills
providing  Features of ADO. Net
database
integration Practical  Create simple programmi 04 Assignment
and Database ng Skills
connectivity  Create a Connection
into an
application

11. Continue Theory  Describe how to put Intellectual 01 SEQ


202 | P a g e
previous data Adaptor Skills

Practical  Creating Data programmi 04 Assignment


Adaptor. ng Skills
 Practice with Data
Command and Data
Reader

12. Develop Theory  Describe About Sub Intellectual 01 SEQ


database Procedures Skills
connectivity
layers into an Practical  Insert, Update, programmi 04 Assignment
application Delete, Records in ng Skills
Database

13. Continue Theory  Describe Connecting Intellectual 01 SEQ


previous Database using Skills
Classes

Practical  Connect Database programmi 04 Assignment


using Classes ng Skills

14. Componen Theory  Describe Connecting Intellectual 01 SEQ


ts of service Database using Skills
oriented Classes continue…
application
architectures Practical  Combine all Modules programmi 04 Assignment
in a RAD ng Skills
environment

15. Deployme Theory  Describe Different Intellectual 01 SEQ


nt technique Ways of Deploying Skills
for RAD Project
applications
and Practical  Deploy a project IT Skills 04 Assignment
environments

HNDIT2312: Principles of Software Engineering

Teaching Outcomes Time Assessment


Lesson Topic Objectives
and Addressed Duration Method

203 | P a g e
Learning (Hours)
Method

1.Introduction Lecture ▪ Describe the Intellectual, 03 Group


to software Tutorial necessity for and Presentation Discussion
development engineered approach skills Quiz
for software
development and the
historical
development of
software
development
methodologies

2.Principles of Lecture ▪ Describe the basic Communicatio 03 Presentatio


software Tutorial principles of n, Presentation n
engineering software engineering skills Quiz
and and name common
common approaches to
approaches software engineering

3.Software Lecture ▪ Software Intellectual, 03 Presentatio


development Tutorial development Presentation n
lifecycles lifecycles from skills Group
requirement discussion
gathering to software
design

4.Techniques Lecture ▪ Describe and apply Intellectual 03 Presentatio


used for Tutorial techniques used for skills n
requirement requirement
Quiz
gathering gathering from real
world situations

5.Methodologi Lecture ▪ Describe and apply Communicatio 03 Group


es for Tutorial methodologies for n, Presentation discussion
business business process re- skills
process re- engineering and
engineering business process
and business designs
process
designs

6.Software Lecture ▪ Describe and applyIntellectual, 03 Group


requirement Tutorial techniques for Presentation discussion
s providing software skills Quiz
specification requirements
s specifications

204 | P a g e
7.Software Lecture ▪ Describe and apply Intellectual 03 Group
design Tutorial different common skills discussion
methodologies for
software design

8.Techniques Lecture ▪ Describe and apply Communicatio 03 Presentatio


for coding Tutorial standard techniques n, Presentation n
and for coding and skills
Documentati Documentation
on

9.Software Lecture ▪ Describe and use Intellectual, 03 Presentatio


and system Tutorial standard practices Presentation n
testing and techniques for skills
software and system
testing

10. Project Lecture ▪ Describe the Intellectual 03 Group


Managemen Tutorial importance of skills discussion
t in software project Management
engineering in software
engineering and
apply common
project management
techniques

11. Configurat Lecture ▪ Describe the Intellectual, 03 Presentatio


ion Tutorial importance of Presentation n
management configuration skills Group
management and discussion
apply relevant
techniques

12. Revision Lecture ▪ Revise the entire Writing skills 03 Discussion,


of course Discussion syllabus quiz
content and
Paper
discussion

205 | P a g e
HNDIT2313: Object Oriented Analysis and Design

Teaching
Time
and Outcome Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Methods

1. The Theory  Identify and describe


Intellectual 01 SEQ
fundamental the Object Oriented skills
concept of concepts
Object  Classes, Objects
Orientation  Abstraction
 Encapsulation

Practical  Apply Object IT Skills 04 Assignment


Oriented Concepts
for programs

2. The relation Theory  Compare and Intellectual 01 SEQ


/differences contrast Object Skills
to traditional Oriented Vs
analysis and Traditional Analysis
design and Design
techniques Techniques
 Identify and describe
the Object Oriented
concepts
 Inheritance
 Polymorphism

Practical  Apply Object IT Skills 04 Assignment


Oriented Concepts
for programs

3. The concepts Theory  Define object Intellectual 01 SEQ


and modeling and explain Skills
principles of its benefits
object  Define Unified
oriented Modeling Language
analysis and (UML) and its
modeling various types of
diagrams

Practical  Apply Object IT Skills 04 Assignment


Oriented Concepts
and principles to
develop software

206 | P a g e
4. The Theory  Recognize the Intellectual 01 SEQ
principles of benefits of a software Skills
an object development process
oriented  Identify the different
software Process Models
development available
process  Describe the stages
of Rational Unified
Process (RUP)

Practical  Apply Object Programming 04 Assignment


Oriented Concepts Skills
and principles to
develop software

5. Creating Use Theory  Describe the benefits Intellectual 01 SEQ


Case of Use-Case Skills
Diagrams Modeling
 Define actors, use
cases and use-case
relationships
 Identify and describe
the steps for
preparing a use-case
model

Practical  Draw standard Use IT Skills 04 Assignment


Case diagrams for
given case
 studies

6. Identifying Theory  Recognize the Intellectual 01 SEQ


Classes, concepts and Skills
Packages notations used for
and drawing finding Objects and
Class Classes
Diagrams,  Identify the UML
Object concepts of
Diagrams Stereotypes
and  Draw Class
Composite Diagrams and Object
Structure Diagrams
Diagrams
Practical  Draw standard UML IT Skills 04 Assignment
diagrams for given
case
 studies

207 | P a g e
7. Identifying Theory  Draw Composite Intellectual 01 SEQ
Classes, Structure Diagrams Skills
Packages  Illustrate the
and drawing definitions of
Class relationships between
Diagrams, classes in the system.
Object  Specifically, the
Diagrams concepts of
and Association and
Composite Aggregation
Structure  Illustrate the
Diagrams application of
generalization and
specialization
principles to
 discover super
class/subclass
relationships

Practical  Draw standard UML IT Skills 04 Assignment


diagrams for given
case
 studies

8. Describe and Theory  Design of an Object Intellectual 01 SEQ


apply Object Oriented System Skills
Oriented
Design and Practical  Design Object IT Skills 04 Assignment
Modeling Oriented System
using UML

9. Describe and Theory  The Process of Intellectual 01 SEQ


apply Object Object oriented Skills
Oriented Design
Design and
Modeling Practical  Design Object IT Skills and 04 Assignment
using UML Oriented System programming
Skills

10. Describe, Theory  An introduction to Intellectual 01 SEQ


define and State Diagrams Skills
create State  Create State
Diagrams diagrams
 Importance of State
Diagrams

Practical  Draw standard State IT Skills 04 Assignment


diagrams for given
case
208 | P a g e
 studies

11. Discovering Theory  Add scenarios to the Intellectual 01 SEQ


Object system to describe Skills
Interactions how Use Cases are
realized as
interactions among
societies of objects
 Describe a scenario
by applying sequence
diagrams

Practical  Draw Sequence IT Skills 04 Assignment


diagrams for given
case
 Studies

12. Activity Theory  Model Use-Case Intellectual 01 SEQ


Diagrams activities using Skills
Activity Diagrams
 Identify and draw
swim lanes in
activity diagrams

Practical  Draw Activity IT Skills 04 Assignment


diagrams for given
case
 studies

13. Case Theory  Draw standard UML Intellectual 01 SEQ


Studies diagrams using an Skills
UML modeling tool
for a given case study

Practical  Draw standard UML IT Skills 04 Assignment


diagrams using an
UML modeling tool
for a given case study

14. Describe Theory  Object Oriented Intellectual 01 SEQ


and work on Analysis and Design Skills
a Project
comprehensi
ve Object Practical  Object Oriented programming 04 Assignment
Oriented Analysis and Design Skills
Analysis and Project
Design
Project

209 | P a g e
15. 15. Theory  Object Oriented Intellectual 01 SEQ
Continue of Analysis and Design Skills
the Design Project
project with
teacher Practical  Object Oriented programming 04 Assignment
moderation Analysis and Design Skills
Project

Administrator Track Option

HNDIT2321: Advanced Database Management Systems

Teaching
Objective Time
and Assessment
Lesson Topic Outcomes Duration
Learning Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Introduction Lecture  Describe basic 01 Chapter


to Databases database concepts review
Introduction questions
to traditional
File base
systems.
Database
Approach
Roles in the
database
environment
.
History of
DBMS
Advantages
and
Disadvantag
es of
DBMS.

2. Introduction Practical  Develop complete 04 Evaluate


to MS small business practical
Access 2010 application using MS
Access

210 | P a g e
Database Group  Refresh basic ▪ 01 Evaluate the
Environmen presentation database concepts and presentation
t improve presentation
Three-Level skills and express the
ANSI – understanding to
SPARC others
Architecture
Database
languages
(DDL,DML,
4GLs)
Data models
and
conceptual
modeling.
Functions of
DBMS
Components
of DBMS
Multi user
DBMS
architectures
.

3. Continue Practical  Develop complete 04 Evaluate


MS Access small business practical
2010 application using MS
Access

4. The Lecturer/  Improve background 01 Quiz


Relational knowledge of
Presentation
model. relational models
Brief history  Better
of the understanding of
relational Relational model
model
Terminolog
y
Integrity
constraints
Views

5. Continue Practical  Develop complete 04 Evaluate


MS Access small business practical
2010 application using MS
Access

6. Relational Lecturer/  Giving logical and Improve 01 Quiz

211 | P a g e
Algebra and Presentation mathematical their logical
calculus background of SQL thinking and
Relational query
Algebra building
Relational ability
calculus

7. Introduction Practical  Familiar the SQL Giving 04


to SQL server environment practical
Installation envier
SQL Server mental skill
2008 of SQL

8. Database Lecture /  01
planning, presentation
Design &
administrati
on

9. Continue Practical  Improve the practical Improve 04


SQL experience with SQL practical
Data experience
manipulatio with logical
n thinking
SQL Data ability
Type
Integrity
Enhancemen
t types

10. Continue  01
Chapter 05
& 06
Fact finding
techniques

11. Data Practical  Improve the practical 04


definition experience with SQL
Views

12. ER 01
Modeling

13. Data Practical  Improve the practical 04


Transactions experience with SQL
Discretionar
y Access
control

212 | P a g e
14. Normaliza Lecture  01 Quiz
tion

15. Query by Practical  Improve the practical 04


Example experience with SQL

16. Conceptua Lecture/  01


l Database Presentation
Design

17. Introducti Practical  Giving practical 04


on to semi envier mental skill of
structured web databML
data and
XML
XML
related
technologies

18. Logical Lecture/ 01 Quiz


Database Presentation
Design

19. XML Practical  Improve the 04


schemas practical experience
XML query with SQL
languages

20. Physical Lecture/  01


Database Presentation
Design

21. XML & Practical  Improve the 04


Database practical experience
with SQL

22. Monitorin Lecture/  01 Quiz


g and Presentation
Tuning the
operational
systems

23. Access,  Assess practical 04


SQL, XML knowledge
individual
class test

24. Database Lecture /  01

213 | P a g e
Security presentation

25. Data Practical  04


security
related
practical

26. Transactio Lecture /  01 Tutorial


n presentation
Managemen
t
Transaction
support
Concurrency
control
Database
recovery
Advanced
Transaction
models
Concurrent
control &
recovery in
SQL

27. Introducti Lecture /  04 Case studies


on to Object presentation
DBMS
Advanced
database
applications
Weaknesses
of RDBMS
Object
Oriented
concepts
Storing
Objects in a
relational
database
Next
generation
database
systems
OO database
design
OO analysis
and design

214 | P a g e
with UML

28. Revision Discussion  01 Evaluate the


and past oral
paper discussion
discussion

29. Revision Discussion  04 Evaluate the


and past oral
paper discussion
discussion

HNDIT2322: Data Communication and Network – II

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objective Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method
1.Basics of Lecture  Describe the basic Intellectual 02 Oral Report
Computer concepts of computer skill
Networks networks IT Skill

browsing  Describe the Intellectual 02 Presentation


web & advantages and risk skill
Group of computer IT Skill
Assignment networks
Communicat
ion Skill
Presentation
Skill

2.LAN Lecture  Describe LAN Intellectual 02 Quiz


Communicati Communication skill
on Concepts Concepts and client IT Skill
- Client server information
Server systems
Information
Systems Group  Describe difference Intellectual 03 Presentation
Discussion between pear to pear skill
and client server IT Skill
network
Communicat

215 | P a g e
ion Skill

3.OSI and Lecture  Describe OSI and Intellectual 02 Quiz


IEEE 802.x IEEE 802.x skill
Reference Reference Models IT Skill
Models
Group IT Skill 04 Assignment
Assignment Communicat
ion Skill

4.LAN Lecture  Describe different Intellectual 02 Oral Report


Topologies & LAN Topologies & skill
Transmission data transmission
IT Skill

Group  Describe efficiency, Intellectual 04 Presentation


Assignment advantages and skill
disadvantages of IT Skill
LAN Topologies &
data transmission Communicat
ion Skill

5.Structured Practical/  Describe concepts of Intellectual 06 Report


Cabling site visit & structured Cabling skill about site
Systems video Systems visit
IT Skill
tutorial (network
Communicat cable layout
ion Skill diagram of
visited site)

6.Internet Browsing  Describe the IT Skill, 03 Assignment


Client/Server internet fundamental Communicat
Structure concepts in Internet ion Skills
Client/Server
Structure

7.Ethernet Lecture  Describe the Intellectual 02 Quiz


Standards fundamental skill
and FDDI concepts in different IT Skill
LAN standard such
Group as 100 Mbps Intellectual 04 Group
Assignment Ethernet LANs, skill Presentation
100BASE-T,
Switched Ethernet, IT Skill
100VG-AnyLAN , Communicat
Gigabit Ethernet, ion Skill
FDDI Protocols and
216 | P a g e
Station Management,
Fiber Channel,
Firewire, and SANs

8.Wireless Lecture  Describe Intellectual 02 Oral Report


Networks & fundamentals of skill
LAN Remote Wireless Networks IT Skill
Access & LAN Remote
Access Communicat
ion Skill

Practical  Configure wireless Intellectual 04 Observation


access points, skill
security settings and IT Skill
remote access
Communicat
ion Skill

9.Bridges and Lecture  Describe the Intellectual 02 Quiz


Switches & operation of Bridges skill
routing, and Switches. IT Skill
Spanning  Routing and
Tree Spanning Tree
Algorithm Algorithm

Assignment  Determine a best Intellectual 04 Short exam


route for a given skill
network
IT Skill

HNDIT2323: Enterprise Information Security

Teaching
Time
and Assessment
Lesson Topic Objective Outcomes Duration
Learning Method
(Hours)
Method
1.Introduction Lecture  This unit provides anIntellectual, 03 Group
to Enterprise Tutorials overview of general Presentation discussion
Information security concepts, skills and Quiz
Security terminologies,
issues, and some
technical
background such as
computer networks
and security models.

217 | P a g e
2.Introduction Lecture  Students should Intellectual, 03 Discussion
to Enterprise Tutorials understand the Presentation about
Information concept of skills Advantages
Security information security of
and the information Information
security risks an Security
enterprise may face,
and be able to
explain important
concepts and
terminologies related
to enterprise
information security.

3.Cryptograph Lecture  Cryptography is Intellectual, 01 Group


y and Tutorials about encryption and Presentation Discussion
Cryptology. decryption. It sits at skills
the center of
information security,
and can be used for
different purposes.
In this unit, students
will study both
symmetric and
asymmetric
cryptography,
including public key
cryptography, data
encryption standard
(DES),

4.Cryptograph Practical  Practical is focused IT Skills 02 Lab sheet 1


y and on the Lab Sheet 2
Cryptology implementation of a
mono-alphabetic
substitution cipher –
Caesar’s cipher. For
the implementation
you may use any
programming
language although
Java is
recommended.

Lecture  Students should be Intellectual, 01 Quiz


Tutorials able to describe the Presentation
principles and skills
features of some

218 | P a g e
classical and modern
cryptographic
systems and
algorithms. Students
should also be able
to choose the correct
cryptographic
scheme when
needed.

Practical  In cryptography IT Skills 02 Lab Sheet 3


symmetric key Lab Sheet 4
algorithms are used
for bulk encryption
of data, Write the
program solve it
Diffie and Hellman
introduced the first
asymmetric
algorithm popularly
known as the Diffie-
Hellman Key
Agreement

5.Authenticatio Lecture  Information security Intellectual, 01 Group


n and Access Tutorials means protecting Presentation discussion
Control information skills
resources from
unauthorized access
while keeping them
available to
authorized users. To
achieve this essential
goal of information
security, we must
first authenticate
users, and then
authorize their rights
of access to specific
resources.

Practical  Installed Windows IT Skills 02 Assignment


server 2008 and
apply account
Policies, Local
Policies and Event
Log

219 | P a g e
6.Authenticatio Lecture  Students will learn Intellectual, 01 Group
n and Access Tutorials the meaning of Presentation Discussion
Control authentication, how skills and Quiz
various
authentication
schemes work, and
how access to
information
resources can be
controlled in various
access control
models.

Practical  Apply Restricted IT Skills 02 Assignment


Groups and
 System Services to
Windows Server

7.Security Lecture  In a networked Intellectual, 01 Group


Standards Tutorials environment (like Presentation Discussion
and Protocols the Internet), certain skills and Quiz
security goals can
only be achieved
through the
collaboration of
clients and servers.
These computers
collaborate by
following certain
standards and
protocols, with the
assistance of security
systems.

Practical  Follow the main IT skills 02 Assignment


principles behind
common security
standards and
protocols in
Windows server
2008 network

8.Security Lecture  Students will learnIntellectual, 01 Group


Standards Tutorials about some well- Presentation Discussion
and Protocols known security skills
systems, standards,

220 | P a g e
and protocols: public
key infrastructure
(PKI); and security
protocols for
different network
layers, particularly
secure IP protocol
(IPSec), Secure
Socket Layer (SSL),
and transport layer
security (TLS).

9. Practical  Continue on IT Skill 02 Assignment


previous week
practical

10. Syste Lecture  System Security: Intellectual, 03 Group


ms Security , Tutorials The security of Presentation Discussion
Web Security systems is essential skills
and Email and critical to
Security enterprises. In this
unit, students will
study security issues,
and the
technological
requirements of
systems commonly
deployed and used
by enterprises. After
this unit, students
should be able to
explain the principle
of firewalls

11. Systems Lecture  Web Security: Web Intellectual, 03 Group


Security , Tutorials now widely used by Presentation Discussion
Web Security business, skills
and Email government,
Security individuals
 but Internet & Web
are vulnerable
 have a variety of
threats
 integrity
 confidentiality
 denial of service
 authentication

221 | P a g e
12. Systems Lecture  Email Security: Intellectual, 03 Group
Security , Tutorials email is one of the Presentation Discussion
Web Security most widely used skills
and Email and regarded
Security network services
currently message
contents are not
secure may be
inspected either in
transit
 or by suitably
privileged users on
destination system

13. Informatio Lecture  Securing the Intellectual, 03 Group


n Security Tutorials information asset of Presentation Discussion
Management an enterprise can be skills and Quiz
very technical and
costly; however,
even with all the
technologies,
systems, and
personnel in place,
the security of an
enterprise’s
information assets
cannot be guaranteed
if the technologies
and systems are not
used properly, or the
personnel is poorly
trained.

14. Revisi Discussion  Revision of lesson Intellectual 02 Discussion


on and past done throughout the Skills
paper semester and pass
discussion paper discussion

15. Revisi Discussion  Revision of lesson Intellectual 02 Discussion


on and past done throughout the Skills
paper semester and pass
discussion paper discussion

222 | P a g e
Analyst Track Option

HNDIT2331: Introduction to Business Analysis

Teaching & Time


Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Learning Objectives Duration
Addressed Method
Method (Hours)

1. Principles Lecture  Intellectual 02 SEQ


and Skill
introductory
concepts of
business
analysis in
relation to
software
development
.

2. Role of the Lecture  Intellectual SEQ


business Skill
analyst in
software
development
life cycle.

3. Skills and Group  Team Work 01 Group


competencie Discussion Presentation
Communicat
s ion Skill
required for
a business
analyst

4. The business Lecture  Intellectual 02 SEQ


analysis Skill
process
model
Major steps
in a typical
business
analysis
process

5. Objectives Lecture  Intellectual 02 SEQ


and Skill
procedures
223 | P a g e
for each
stage of the
business
analysis
process
model

6. Techniques Group  Team Work 02 Group


used in each Discussion Presentation
Communicat
business ion Skill
analysis
process
model stage

7. Requirement Lecture  Intellectual 02 SEQ


s Skill
engineering
Activities
involved in
requirements
engineering

8. Tools used Self-  Intellectual 01 Assignment


in Learning Skill
requirement
engineering
process

9. Investigation Lecture  Intellectual 01 SEQ


techniques Skill
Requirement
s Elicitation
techniques

10. Practical Group  Self- 01 Assignment/


capabilities Learning Learning SEQ
in
investigation
techniques

11. Identifying Group  Team Work 01 Group


functional Discussion Presentation
Communicat
and non- ion Skill
functional
requirements

12. Business Lecture  Intellectual 01 SEQ


process Skill
modeling

224 | P a g e
Business
process
models,
Business
rules, CSFs
and KPIs

13. SWOT Lecture  Intellectual SEQ


Analysis, Skill
PESTILE
Analysis

14. Case study Group  Team Work 02 Group


Discussion Presentation/
Communicat
Assignment
ion Skill

15. Unified Lecture  Intellectual 01 SEQ


Modeling Skill
Language
Object
modeling
and its
benefits

16. Unified Lecture  Intellectual 02 SEQ


Modeling Skill
Language
(UML) and
its various
types of
diagrams

17. UML Use 


case
diagrams
Benefits of
Use-Case
Modeling
Intellectual
18. Actors, use Lecture Skill 01 SEQ
cases and
use-case
relationships

19. Steps for


preparing a
use-case
model

225 | P a g e
20. Draw Group  Team Work 02 Assignment
standard Use Discussion / Practical
Communicat
Case ion Skill
diagrams for
given case
studies

21. UML class Lecture  Intellectual 01 SEQ


diagrams Skill
Recognize
the concepts
and
notations
used for
finding
Objects and
Classes

22. Identify the


UML
concepts of
Stereotypes

23. Draw Class Group  Team Work 02 Assignment


Diagrams Discussion / Practical
Communicat
and Object
ion Skill
Diagrams

24. UML
Composite
Structure
diagrams

25. Relationshi
ps between
classes in the
system.(Spec Intellectual
ifically, the Lecture  02 SEQ
Skill
concepts of
Association
and
Aggregation
)

26. Generalizati
on and
specializatio

226 | P a g e
n principles
to discover
super
class/subclas
s
relationships

27. Case study Group  Team Work 04 Assignment


Discussion / Practical
Communicat
ion Skill

28. Introductio
n to State
Diagrams
Intellectual
Lecture  01 SEQ
Skill
29. Importance
of State
Diagrams

30. Draw Group  Team Work 02 Assignment


standard Discussion / Practical
Communicat
State ion Skill
diagrams for
given case
studies

31. UML
Sequence
diagrams
32. Add
scenarios to
the system to
describe how
use cases are
realized as
Intellectual
interactions Lecture  01 SEQ
Skill
among
societies of
objects

33. Describe a
scenario by
applying
sequence
diagrams

34. Sequence Group  Team Work 02 Assignment


diagrams for Discussion / Practical
Communicat
given case
227 | P a g e
studies ion Skill

35. Model Use-


Case
activities Intellectual
Lecture  01 SEQ
using Skill
Activity
Diagrams

36. Identify and Group  Team Work 02 Assignment


draw swim Discussion / Practical
Communicat
lanes in ion Skill
activity
diagrams

37. Object Group  Team Work 06 Assignment


Oriented Discussion Communicat
Analysis and ion Skill
Designing
Project /
Case studies
Draw
standard
UML
diagrams for
a given case
study /
project

38. Draw Group  Team Work 03 Assignment


standard Discussion / Practical
Communicat
UML ion Skill
diagrams
using an
UML
modeling
tool for a
given case
study /
project

228 | P a g e
HNDIT2332: Management Information Systems

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1.Introduction Lecture  Describe what is Intellectual, 04 Group


to organization or Presentation discussion
Tutorials
Information business, and what skills and Quiz
Systems are business
Overview of information or
general organization
managerial information in each
process in an management level
organization in organization
and use of
computing.

2.Information Lecture  Describe how Intellectual, 01 Group


in Global Tutorials globalization Presentation Discussion
business affects businesses, skills
and how
information
systems help
achieve success

3.Structure of Lecture  Describe the Intellectual, 04 Group


information Tutorials skeleton structure Presentation discussion
systems of a typical skills and Quiz
enterprise
management
information system.
(front end, back
end, reports,
centralized or
decentralized)

4.Enterprise Lecture  Describe the main Intellectual, 04 Group


Applications requirements of an Presentation discussion
Tutorial
development IS solution, suitable skills, and Quiz
approach and
development
technologies.
(Multiyear
OLAP,OLTP)

229 | P a g e
5.Business Lecture  Describe the Intellectual, 01 Group
Landscape Tutorials business according Presentation discussion
to potters five force skills case study
model

6.Business Lecture  Describe the Intellectual, 01 Group


Landscape Tutorials business according Presentation discussion
to SWOT analysis skills case study

7.Information Lecture  Explain what Intellectual, 01 Group


strategy Tutorials information strategy Presentation Discussion
is, and how to skills and Quiz
prepare an
information Brainstormin
03 Group work
strategy. g

8.Information Group  Prepare suitable Brainstormin 01 Group


strategy work information strategy g Discussion
for an organization Intellectual, and Quiz
Presentation
skills, 03 Group work

9.Immerging Lecture,  Explain what are Intellectual, 01 Group


Technologies Group immerging trends Presentation Discussion
related to work and technologies skills, and Quiz
Management
Information 03 Group work

10. Immerging Lecture,  Identify/ propose Brainstormin 01 Group


Technologies Group new trends and g Discussion
related to work technologies in Intellectual, and Quiz
Management Information Presentation
Information Management skills, 03 Group work

11. Information Lecture,  Describe and Intellectual, 01 Group


and legal Group discuss, the legal Presentation Discussion
issues work issues related to skills and Quiz
Management
Information Brainstormin
03 Group work
Systems g

12. Information Lecture,  Propose and Intellectual, 01 Group


and legal Group evaluate the legal Presentation Discussion
issues work issues related to skills and Quiz
Management
Information Brainstormin
03 Group work
Systems g

230 | P a g e
13. Information Lecture,  Describe and Intellectual, 01 Group
ethics Group discuss the ethical Presentation Discussion
work and social issues in skills and Quiz
using management
information
systems for Brainstormin
03 Group work
organizational g
management

14. Knowledge Lecture,  Summarize an Intellectual, 04 Group


Management Group overview of general skills, Discussion,
work concepts in tutorial
Knowledge
management

HNDIT2333: E-Commerce

Teaching
Time Assessme
and Outcome
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration nt
Learning addressed
(Hours) Method
Method
1. Introduction Lecture  Define E Commerce Intellectual 01 MCQ,
to E Skills SEQ
 Basic concepts of E
Commerce
Commerce
Practical  Install php, MySQL IT Skills 04 Assignme
nt
and configuring
apache server
 Simple scrip using
php basics (basic
syntax data types
 Variables)

2. E commerce Lecture  Describe E Intellectual 01 MCQ,


technologies Skills SEQ
Commerce
Technologies

Practical  Write expressions IT Skills 04 Assessme


nt
and operators

231 | P a g e
3. Available Lecture  Define online market Intellectual 01 SEQ
online Skills
places.
market
places  Online market place
structure in the
internet
Practical  Control structures IT Skills 04 Assignme
nt
4. Available Lecture  Describe available Intellectual 01 SEQ
products and Skills
products in the
services in
the internet internet
 Explain services in
internet
Practical  Variables IT Skills 04 Assessme
nt
 Form Handling

5. Online Lecture  Define online Intellectual 01 SEQ,


marketing Skills
marketing
 Describe online
marketing
techniques
 Explain How to
search for specific
online products and
services.
Practical  Write functions IT Skills 04 Assessme
nt
6. Customer Lecture  Define Customer Intellectual 01 SEQ,MC
Relationship Skills Q
Relationship
Managemen
t Management
 Handling customers
through online
forums.
Practical  Handle cookies and IT Skills 04 Assessme
nt
sessions

232 | P a g e
7. Online Lecture  Define online Intellectual 01 SEQ
Advertising Skills
advertising
 Describe available
advertising
techniques
 Describe revenue
generation
techniques

Practical  Handle exception IT Skills 04 Assessme


nt

8. Develop a Lecture  Design, develop and Intellectual 01 SEQ


web site for Skills
launching a website
online
business for online business

Practical  Introduction to PHP IT Skills 04 Assessme


nt
& MySQL database
connectivity
 Listing, selecting,
adding data
 Reading data

9. Social  Define social Intellectual 01 SEQ


Networks Skills
network
 Advantages and
disadvantages of
social networks in
online business.

Practical  Identify and IT Skills 04 Assessme


nt
Familiarizing with
open source CMS

233 | P a g e
10. Online Lecture  Describe how to Intellectual 01 SEQ
order Skills
handle online orders
processing
 Supportive services
for online order
processing

Practical  Design and IT Skills 04 Assessme


nt
customize web site
using CMS (Eg:
Joomla)

11. Online Lecture  Define online Intellectual 01 SEQ


payments Skills
payment
 Describe available
online payment
methods
 Advantages and
disadvantages of
online payment
methods

Practical  Design and IT Skills 04 Assessme


nt
customize web site
using CMS (Eg:
Joomla)
12. Security Lecture  Describe available Intellectual 01 SEQ
and Risk Skills
threats in E
commerce
environment
 Explain Risk
management for
available threats.

234 | P a g e
Practical  Use vertuemart as IT Skills 04 Assessme
nt
shopping cart
13. Legal and Lecture  Describe legal and Intellectual 01 SEQ
ethical Skills
ethical issues
issues
Practical  Finalize ecommerce IT Skills 04 Assessme
nt
web portal
14. Revision Discussion  Revision of lesson Intellectual 01 SEQ
and pass Skills
done throughout the
paper
discussion semester and pass
paper discussion
15. Revision Discussion  Revision of lesson Intellectual 01 SEQ
and pass Skills
done throughout the
paper
discussion semester and pass
paper discussion

Year 2 – Semester IV

HNDIT2401: Computer Architecture

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objective Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Logic Gates Lecture,  Classify gates Circuit designs 1 SEQ


 Truth tables
 Design
Combinational
Logic Circuits

Practical  Designing Logic Circuits for a 2 Presentation


Circuits using given logic
circuit designing
software

235 | P a g e
2. Boolean Lecture  Apply Boolean Simplified 2 SEQ
algebra Laws Circuits
 Simplify circuits
using Boolean lows
and KMap

Practical  Draw Circuit Created 3 Observation


simplification Simplified
Kmap Circuits using
circuit
designers

3. von Lecture &  Explain the von Intellectual 2 Oral


Neumann Showing Neumann skill Questions
machine Videos, architecture. Presentation
architecture Skill
and
functional Practical Presentation of 2 Presentation
Unites :Providing each group
group
assignment
to make a
presentation

4. Internal Lecture,  Understand the Intellectual 3 SEQ


Components Animation components of a skill
of CPU and of the CPU CPU
its functions processing

5. Instruction Lecture,  Explain the Output of the 2 Objective


Execution Instruction executed Questions
Practical:
Cycle and Execution Cycle instruction and
Execution
its stages status of the
of
registers
instruction
using
simulators

6. Performance Lecture,  Find the IT Skill, 2 Observation


improvemen Practical & improvement of Improved
t by discussions performance using performance
Pipelining pipelining

7. Pipeline Lecture  List the limitations IT Skill 1 SEQ


Hazards of pipelining and 3 Communicatio
types of hazards n Skill,
Group  Make presentation Presentation 2 Presentation
about 3 types of Skill
236 | P a g e
Assignment hazards

8. hierarchical Lecture  Explain the need IT Skill 1 SEQ


memory for memory
organization hierarchy

9. temporal Group  Describe the IT Skill, 2 Presentation


and spatial presentation locality principles Presentation
locality

10. Virtual Lecture,  Explain Virtual Improved 2 Observation


Memory, Showing Memory, swapping performance.
swapping. Animations and the need for
virtual Memory

11. RAM, Lecture  Differentiate RAM Classified 1 SEQ


ROM Types /ROM types RAM
and their
Classified
advantages / ROM
Disadvantag
es Presentation
Skill

Group  Write List of 2 Observation


discussion characteristics of advantages
each type and
disadvantages

12. Storage Lecture  Describe storage Intellectual 2 SEQ


systems and technologies, skill
their performance IT Skill
technology Practical: measures 3 Presentation
HDD,SSD, Viewing
DVD,BD animated
Seek time, explanation
rotational of storage
delay technologies

13. I/O Lecture,  Describe I/O Intellectual 2 Presentation


fundamental Searching Techniques skill
s: on the web IT Skill
handshaking
, buffering,
programmed
I/O,
interrupt-
driven I/O

14. Performanc Lecture,  Calculate Problem 3 Objective


237 | P a g e
e Evaluation Problem performance solving Skill Questions
solving measures: clock
frequency, IC,
execution time,
CPI

15. Parallel Lecture,  Explain parallel Self-learning 3 Presentation


processing processing, Skill
Group
beyond the Assignment:
classical von Presentation
Neumann
model.

16. SIMD and Search on  Explain new Self-learning 2 Oral


MIMD web technologies of Skill Questions
architectures parallel processing

HNDIT2402: Free and Open Source Software

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Introduction Lecture ▪ Explain FOSS Intellectual 02 Lecture


to FOSS business model skills slides
business ▪ Open source vs. Communica Discussions
model Closed source tion skills
▪ Discuss pros and cons Quizzes

Practical ▪ Understand the FOSS IT & 04 Case Study


solutions with Practical Discussion
Mozilla Firefox and skills
MySQL

2. History and Lecture ▪ Introduce non Intellectual 02 Lecture


FOSS Microsoft OS as skills slides
license types UNIX Communica Discussion
▪ Linux like Unix tion skills
▪ GNU projects
▪ BSD license
▪ FSF
▪ GPL
▪ Dual License

238 | P a g e
Practical ▪ Case study to IT & 04 Case Study
understand the Practical Discussion
license skills
▪ Net beans, Open
office and Apache
web server
▪ Compare cost
between Microsoft
product and FOSS
▪ applications

3. Architecture Lecture ▪ Identify Linux kernel Intellectual 02 Lecture


of a Linux and shell skills slides
▪ Shell types
Communica Discussion
▪ Working in Bash tion skills
shell Quizzes
▪ GUI

Practical ▪ Prepare the PC and IT & 04 Lab


install Centos 6.5 Practical Demonstrati
▪ Identify other Linux skills
on
distribution RedHat,
Fedora, Suse

4. Common Lecture ▪ Introduce the Intellectual 02 Lecture


Linux directory skills Slides
commands ▪ Explain the purpose
Communica Discussion
/tmp,/var,/home,/bin tion skills
▪ Explain the /root

Practical ▪ Working with System IT & 04 Lab


terminal Practical Demonstrati
▪ ls,Pwd, cd, mkdir, skills on
rmdir, cp.mv
commands Assignment
▪ Working the based on
directory and Linux basic
contents. commands

5. Working Lecture ▪ File management Intellectual 02 Lecture


with Vi commands skills Slides
editor ▪ Viewing and editing
Communica Discussion
files. tion skills
▪ Pipelines and filters Demonstrati
on

Practical ▪ Cat ,grep, pipelines IT & 04 Lab


and Vi editor modes Practical
239 | P a g e
▪ Practice IO direction skills Demonstrati
▪ Other editors gedit on

6. Local User Lecture ▪ Explain user and Intellectual 02 Lecture


Management groups. skills Slides
▪ Explain activities in
Communica Discussion
user management. tion skills
▪ Introduce user Demonstrati
account and password on
▪ Root and privileges

Practical ▪ Add user and work IT & 04 Lab


with groups Practical Demonstrati
▪ Assign password to skills
on
users
▪ Changing user
accounts in CLI

7. Linux process Lecture ▪ Introduce process andIntellectual 02 Lecture


management threads skills Slides
▪ Explain process life
Communica Discussion
cycles tion skills
▪ Discuss process in Quiz
Linux OS

Practical ▪ Practice commands IT & 04 Lab


▪ PS and PS aux Practical Demonstrati
▪ Top and history skills on
▪ Pstree -p

8. Reading and Lecture ▪ Introduce file Intellectual 02 Lecture


writing tapes, compression and skills Slides
backups and backup. Communica Discussion
archives ▪ Explain file archives
tion skills Quizzes

Practical ▪ Gzip and tarzip IT & 04 Lab


▪ List files in archive Practical Demonstrati
▪ Other backup skills on
methods

9. Linux Lecture ▪ Explain IP address Intellectual 02 Lecture


network and subnet mask skills Slides
configuration ▪ Identify IP address
s Communica Discussion
classes tion skills
▪ Define Network id Quizzes

240 | P a g e
and Host ID.

Practical ▪ Practice commands IT & 04 Lab


▪ Ipconfig and /all Practical Demonstrati
▪ /etc/host file skills on
▪ Change the ip address
▪ Change the hostname

10. Linux Lecture ▪ Explain the file Intellectual 02 Lecture


Security permissions skills Slides
Model ▪ File permission Communica Discussion
attributes tion skills
▪ Explain Selinux Quizzes

Practical ▪ Practice commands IT & 04 Lab


▪ Ls –l Practical Demonstrati
▪ Chmod skills on
▪ User and groups

11. Crontab Lecture ▪ Explain Crontab and Intellectual 02 Lecture


Linux scheduler. skills Slides
▪ Describe the Crontab
Communica Discussion
file format. tion skills Quizzes

Practical ▪ Yum installer IT & 04 Lab


package Practical Demonstrati
▪ Chkconfig skills on
▪ Restart the service
▪ Configure the Group
Crontab file works
▪ Stop and start the
Linux service

12. DHCP Lecture ▪ Explain the DHCP Intellectual 02 Lecture


Server service skills Slides
▪ Assign IP address
Communica Discussion
tion skills

Practical ▪ Install the DHCP IT & 04 Lab


server Practical Demonstrati
▪ Configure dhcpd.conf skills
on
file.
Group
assignments

241 | P a g e
13. Proxy Server Lecture ▪ Explain proxy server. Intellectual 02 Lecture
▪ Describe the ACL. skills Slides
▪ Deny and grant ACL.
Communica Discussion
tion skills

Practical ▪ Install Squid proxy IT & 04 Lab


server. Practical Demonstrati
▪ Configure the proxy skills
on
▪ Set up web browser.
▪ Create ACL Group
works

14. Mail Server Lecture ▪ Explain mail server Intellectual 02 Lecture


and advantages. skills Slides
▪ Describe mail Communica Discussion
protocol. tion skills
▪ POP3 and SMTP

Practical ▪ Install Postfix mail IT & 04 Lab


server and configure. Practical Demonstrati
▪ Install Dovecot and skills
on
test the service.
▪ Install squirrel mail Group
and configuration. works

15. Samba Lecture ▪ Explain the Samba Intellectual 02 Lecture


Server server and shared skills Slides
directory. Communica Discussion
tion skills

Practical ▪ Install Samba server IT & 04 Lab


and configurations. Practical Demonstrati
skills on

HNDIT2403: Professional Issues in IT

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson topic Objective Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

242 | P a g e
1. Introductio Lecture / ▪ Explain the 02 Final
n to the Discussion background examination
course unit information and
scenarios of
enhancements in
information
technology during
recent times.

2. The current Lecture/ ▪ Share and discuss 02 Discussion


situation in Discussion experiences of how questions
Sri Lanka the development in
and IT has changed the
worldwide lifestyle of the
members of modern
society

3. Ethical Lecturer/ ▪ Identify ethics and 02 Final


issues in ethical issues examination
Presentation
information emerged with the
technology development of IT

4. Ethical Lecturer/ ▪ Identify the 02 Final


issues and Presentation importance of examination
their following a
implication professional code of
s to the ethics
society

5. IT related Lecture / ▪ Explain the existing 02 Final


legislations presentation legal framework examination
in Sri towards the legal
Lanka issues risen related
to IT , and how can
resolutions be made

6. Legal Lecture/ ▪ Requirements for 02 Quiz


issues presentation further development
related to / Talks by of new legislations
IT in Sri law experts
Lanka

7. Intellectual Lecture ▪ Identify the rights 02 Final


property and legislations for examination
protecting
intellectual property

8. Intellectual Lecture ▪ Discuss common 02 Assignment


243 | P a g e
property issues in the society
rights and how the
resolutions were
made for them

9. Privacy Lecture/ ▪ Explain issues 02 Final


Presentation related to privacy examination
and sharing
information over
public networks

10. Crimes, Lecture/ ▪ Issues related to 02 Final


vandalism Presentation hacking and examination
and cyber information stealing,
warfare crimes and wars

11. Professiona Lecture/ ▪ Code of ethics for 02 Final


l conduct Presentation professionals and examination
professional bodies
that create standards
for professional
codes

12. Professiona Discussion ▪ discuss real world Assignment


l issues scenarios related to
professional issues
in the IT field

13. IP Lecture/ ▪ Discuss the 02 Final


regulations Presentation importance of IP examination
regulations s

14. IP Lecture / ▪ Explain how the . 02 Final


regulations presentation regulations are examination
formulated and
practiced

15. Winding up Lecture 02 Final


and examination
revision of
the entire
syllabus

244 | P a g e
HNDIT2404: Project (Individual)

Formats of the key milestones of the Project

Project Proposals

This is the initial document of a project. The purpose of the proposal is to identify a client
with whom we can build up a proposal.

This is the preliminary step of the feasibility study. Student should start with introducing the
problem through the proposal. This project proposal should contain:

Brief introduction about the client

• Business process
• Existing system
• Problems and weaknesses
• Aims and objectives of the project
• Scope of the project
• Project feasibility
• Project plan/schedule
• Client’s contact details

The document should include a brief chapter for each of the above headings. Number of
pages should not exceed 12 pages excluding the cover page of the document.

Project Report – Interim/ Progress/ Final

The reports in general should have the following content.

• Introduction
• Problem definition and System Analysis
• System Design
• Development, Testing and Implementation
• Evaluation and Conclusions
245 | P a g e
Problem Definition and System Analysis

In this phase, there should be a description of the problem that is to be solved, the
requirements of the users and how they were obtained. There should be a clear statement of
the need.

• Define the problem and indicate end users


• Investigate the problem: using questionnaires, observations, past data reviews,
• Interviews, and working with available systems. This section should specify what the
final system should do. Do not discuss implementation issues here.
• Record the findings
• Analyze the findings
• Identify problems/inefficiencies and strengths of current system
• Specify requirements: hardware, software and live ware
• Identify the current user activities and current data structures
• Identify scope with clear boundaries
• Analyze the data and tasks carried out by the user: using a suitable software process
model
• Develop and document a clear, testable, verifiable Requirement Specification (use
IEEE standards)
• Acceptance test criteria should be discussed here
• Intended benefits and alternatives e.g Business Systems Options (BSO)

System Design

This phase includes detailed system design including data structures, input-output formats
and user interfaces. In this section students should discuss how he/she is going to implement
the computer based solution. There should be clear design specifications:

• User interface design: design and document user interfaces for data capturing and data
visualization
• Data structures/ system data model

246 | P a g e
• Specify any verification and validation required and interactive feedback required if
there are any errors in the input
• Design and document using appropriate techniques where possible:
Normalization, E-R (Entity Relationship) / EER (Enhanced Entity Relationship)
models, data structures necessary to solve inefficiencies indicated in the requirement
specification
• Task model: Design and document user task models in the form of task hierarchies,
state transition diagrams or any other form of top down diagrams

Development, Testing, and Implementation

This phase will comprise of a software solution and comprehensive test plan that is developed
from the design, which should show that the system works with all valid, invalid and extreme
data. The test plan should be clearly cross-referenced to show that the system has been tested
during development and implementation. It is equally important to test the user interface
(navigation and displays etc.) as well as system functionality and accuracy of data.

• Software development: The solution may be implemented using one or more


programming languages, application software packages, authoring and publishing
tools. Brief description of any software used, together with reasons for their selection
should be included in the report.
• Develop and document data structures of the design
• Produce detailed output from testing, cross referencing as appropriate to the test plan
and select suitable test data and test actions/responses for the design
• Test the software solution with the user, providing documented evidence that the
solution works and devise a strategy for its implementation

Structure of the Report

• Students are expected to introduce each chapter with its own mini-introduction. This
will summarize how the chapter fits in to the whole report and, it should summarize
what the previous chapter asserts and indicate how this chapter follows on.

247 | P a g e
• At the end of each chapter, students will summarize the contents of the chapter
clearly. Again, students are expected to indicate how the chapter that follows will
relate to the current one in the appropriate places.
• It is not enough in a project to do something and then report how it was done. In most
cases students will be expected to justify why it was done.. Depending on the nature
of the project, this evaluation may warrant a chapter on its own.
• The project report must have a conclusion chapter. In this final chapter, students are
expected to draw together the themes and arguments presented in the body of the text.
The initial paragraph should cover what the project was an outline its main objectives.
• In addition they are expected to emphasize the positive aspects of the work and show
how one has dealt with the problems that arose during the course of the project.
Where problems have proved insurmountable, the student should describe potential
solutions to the problems and show how one worked around them.
• Students should comment on how they generally handled the project and if they are to
redo the project, then how they would have approached it differently. They should
comment on how the other academic modules taken for the degree have contributed to
the project and how the project experience will help in one’s future career
development.
Length and Content
The body of the report should include tables, figures and illustrations and report
writing should be clear and concise.
The report documentation specifications are listed as follows:
Paper Size A4 (210mm x 297mm)
Font Times New Roman 12pt
Spacing 1.5 line spacing for main text, single line spacing for footnotes
Margins Left: 3.0cm
Right: 2.5cm
Top: 2.5cm
Bottom: 2.5cm

Title page
248 | P a g e
Title page template is shown in Appendix D. The “title page” must follow the institute
approved format. Report such as proposal, interim report, final report should be shown
appropriately.

Acknowledgments

The contents and phrasing of the acknowledgments will be the sole responsible of the report
writer.

Declaration page

This is shown in Appendix A

Abstract

The abstract should be maximum 150 words and should contain key words of the report and
brief explanation of the report contents.

Table of Contents

Template for the Table of Contents is given in Appendix B.

List of Figures, Tables and Abbreviations

List of abbreviations, illustrations, figures and tables should match the Table of Contents in
style and layout.

Chapter Titles and Section Headings

The project report has to be written in passive voice. Chapter titles or section headings should
give the reader a clear indication of the content that follows. Chapter titles should be centered
and bold. Sections may be bold; first level must use title capitalization or ALL CAPS; second
level will be in title or sentence capitalization- not all caps. Third level headings should be in
sentence capitalization.

Appendix A

249 | P a g e
Chapter Title Page No.

Title page i

Declaration ii

Acknowledgements iii

Abstract iv

Table of Contents v

List of Tables vi

List of Figures vii

Abbreviations viii

Introduction

• Description about the business organization and the business area chosen
• Business process
• Problem definition
• Aims and objectives
• Scope with clear boundaries
• Organization of the dissertation

System Analysis

• Facts gathering techniques used and the findings


o Describe the user requirements using Use-Case diagrams and Use-Case
descriptions (Current System)
o Prepare Activity Diagrams to describe the functionality of the Use-Cases
identified in the above Use-Case diagrams. Use swim lanes to show the role of
actors involved with the process. Clearly indicate the activities to be

250 | P a g e
computerized. These activity diagrams should not have a column for “system”.
Work only with the application domain.
o Do a verb-noun analysis on use case descriptions and activity diagrams and
identify the entity classes. Prepare a Class Diagram.
o If necessary, prepare Sequence Diagrams and State Chart Diagrams for the
Current System
• Software requirement specification
• Complete BSOs (At least three)
• Cost benefit analysis
• Selected BSO with a sound justification

System Design

• Describe the user requirements to be implemented in the proposed system using Use-
Case diagrams and Use-Case description.
• Describe the functionality of the Use-Cases identified in the Use-Case diagram(s)
using Activity Diagrams.
• Use swim-lanes to show the role of actors involved with the process. These activity
diagrams should have a “system” column.
• Identify entity, boundary (interface) and control classes (define all the attributes and
methods of each class) for the proposed system and prepare a Class Diagram. The
class diagram should clearly describe the communication between classes. Realize all
the Use- Cases identified using Sequence Diagrams. (Depending on your approach
you may prepare Sequence Diagrams first and then the Class Diagram
• Normalized database design
• Design of data capturing interfaces and report layouts

Development

• Prepare State Chart Diagrams to describe the behavior of all the classes stated in the
Class Diagram. Discuss the programming language properties required to implement
the above Class Diagram and select programming language/languages.
• Data structures and algorithms

251 | P a g e
• Third party components / libraries used

Testing
Describe the testing strategy and test plan. Discuss whether the testing approach is Black box
or White box and justify your selection.

List all the Test cases required for the system. If the list too long (for example, the list is
longer than two A4 list only the important test cases in the body of the report and attached all
the test cases as an appendix. The following information should also be available with the test
cases:

• Running platform (ex. MS-Windows XP)


• Tester name
• Signature of the tester
• Date
• Test version (There can be more than one tests)

Test report and discussion on quality and reliability

Discuss severity of the error / bug identified and possible solutions (Catastrophic, Serious,
Moderate,

Tolerable or Insignificant: Refer to the text “Software Engineering” by Prof. Ian Sommerville
for more information)

Implementation

• Installation guide
• User guide
• Backup procedures / cycles
• Security procedures

Evaluation & Conclusion

• Degree of objectives met

252 | P a g e
• Usability, accessibility, reliability and friendliness
• User’s response
• Limitations and drawbacks
• Future modifications, improvements and extensions possible

References

Assessment of the Project


a) Proposal Presentation - 10%
b) Meetings with Supervisor (Log Form) - 10%
c) Interim Progress (Report, Presentation) - 20%
d) Final Product and Presentation - 60%

Total Marks - 100%

** The meetings with the supervisor will be assessed based on the records of the log
form. it is the responsibility of the student to fill out the log form on every meeting with
the supervisor and get his/her signature.

Sample Log Form

Date
Supervisors’
No and Duration Description
Signature
Time
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

253 | P a g e
HNDIT2405: English for Technology IV

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Practice Communic  Apply sentence Develop 4 Oral &


Tenses ative structures according grammar written tasks
method to tenses correctly skills

2. Reported Lecture  Identify principles Use 2 Oral &


Speech used in Reported Reported written tasks
speech speech
correctly.
Communic  Convert sentences 2
ative into Reported speech
method.  Use Reported speech
in conversation

3. Gerunds Lecture  Identify formation of To be able 2 Oral &


Gerunds to use written tasks
gerunds
Communic  Fill in gaps in correctly. 2
ative sentences using
method. Gerunds
 Use Gerunds in
conversation

4. Phrasal Lecture  a)Identify formation To be able 2 Oral &


Verbs of Phrasal Verbs to use written tasks
 b)Practice using phrasal
different meanings of verbs
Phrasal Verbs correctly.

Communic  Use Phrasal Verbs in 2


ative conversation
method

5. Conducting Lecture  Listen to a model Develop 2 Spoken task


Interviews interviews interview
 Practice interview skills.
language & etiquette

Communic  Conduct mock 2


ative interviews
method.

254 | P a g e
6. Panel Lecture  Listen to a model To be able 2 Oral tasks
Discussions panel discussion to contribute
 exchange information to a
in a panel discussion discussion
effectively
Communic  Conduct a panel 2
ative discussion
method.

7. Evaluation Oral Test  Perform a panel Develop 2 Spoken task


discussion exchanging
of 2
&respondin
8. Evaluation  Perform a panel g to 2 Spoken task
discussion information
2

9. Understand Lecture  Develop 4 Reading


and extract comprehens task
key Discussion  Read and Find ion skills
information answers based on key
in case information in
documents material related to
technology

10. Negotiating Lecture  Listen to sample Develop 2


meetings negotiations negotiation
 Practice negotiation skills.
language & etiquette

Discussion  Engage in negotiation 2 Spoken task


sessions

11. Write Lecture  Read and Identify To be able 4 Written task


Curriculum items in a CV to write CV
Vitae (CV)  Identify language
features useful in
writing a CV
 Draft a sample CV
using given
guidelines

12. Write Lecture  Read and Identify To be able 4 Written task


Covering items in a cover letter to write
Letters to  Identify language covering
accompany features useful in letter
CV writing a cover letter
 Draft a sample cover
letter using given
255 | P a g e
guidelines

13. Technical Lecture  Read and find Key To be able 2 Written task
Reports features of a report to write
 Identify language technical
features useful in report
writing a cover letter
 Organize and present
information in a
report

 Practice Useful 2
language aspects

14. Writing Lecture  Identify techniques of Written task


summary identifying key 4
information
 Read and find Key
features of a report
 Write practice
summaries

15. Discussion Task–  Complete tasks Grammar 4 Tasks based


based incorporating Reading on the four
learning learning skills writing skills
Listening
Speaking

Developer Track Option

HNDIT2411: Enterprise Architecture

Teaching
Time
Lesson and Outcomes Assessment
Objectives Duration
Topic Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
method

1. Introductio Lecture  Illustrate the role of 01


n to Java as a tool for
distributed Enterprise
computing Development.
paradigm
and
service-
256 | P a g e
oriented
computing
paradigm

2. ODBC/JD Practical 04 Evaluate


BC drivers practical

3. Principles Lecture  Appraise the JDBC 01


of architecture, API, and
distributed process for
software implementing database
developme connectivity
nt

4. Load Practical 04 Evaluate


drivers/ practical
Connection
s

5. Programmi Lecturer/  Understand and apply 01


ng with Presentation multi-threading in java
concurrenc applications
y and
multithread
ing

6. Create Practical 04 Evaluate


threads/ practical
Runnable
interface

7. Working Lecturer/  Use SQL commands 01


Presentation like
with INSERT,
databases UPDATE, DELETE,
CREATE etc. to
interact with database

8. Statement Practical 04
Objects/
Working
with SQL

9. Working Lecture /  Appraise the 01


with presentation Statement, Prepared
databases Statement and Callable
Statement to connect
10. Prepared Practical to the database 04
Statements/
Database
257 | P a g e
meta data

11. XML  Explain the 01


data importance of XML in
representati enterprise applications
on and
processing

12. XML Practical 04


manipulatio
ns and
document
model

13. Web-  Examine the client 01


based side and server side
application software component
developme architecture for web
nt and state applications.
manageme
nt

14. Developi Practical 04


ng Servlets

15. Web- Lecture  Explain 01 Quiz


based sessions/cookies
application
developme
nt and state
manageme
nt

16. Work Practical 04


with
sessions
and cookies

17. Web- Lecture/  Draw conclusions 01


based Presentation about the process of
application creating a Java Server
developme Page, uploading it
nt and state and invoking it from
manageme the browser.
nt

18. An Practical 04
Introductio
n to web

258 | P a g e
programmi
ng with
Java
/Install and
use Tomcat

19. Web- Lecture/  Appraise the process 01


based Presentation for testing Java
application Server Pages that
developme include script lets,
nt and state expressions, page
manageme directives, JSP
nt comments, and JSP
declarations.
20. Work Practical 04
with
custom JSP
tags

21. Web- Lecture/  Explain the complete 01


based Presentation architecture of a J2EE
application web application
developme
nt and state
manageme
nt

22. More Practical 04


servlet/ jsp
examples

23. Web- Lecture/  Explain EJB 01


based Presentation
application
developme
nt and state
manageme
nt

24. EJB 3.0 04

25. Web- Lecture /  Appraise and utilize 01


based presentation the MVC pattern to
application develop web
developme applications
nt and state
manageme
nt

259 | P a g e
26. Model Practical 04
View
Controller
(MVC)2
Architectur
e &
Packaging
EJB
Module

27. Introducti Lecture /  Explain the use of . 01


on to presentation frameworks to build
frameworks enterprise
applications
28. Struts2 Lecture / 04
FRAMEW presentation
ORK
29. Hibernate

30. Introducti  Explain the use of 01


on to frameworks to build
frameworks enterprise
applications
31. Spring 04

HNDIT2412: Software Configuration Management

Teaching
Time
Lesson and Outcome Assessmen
Objectives Duration
Topic Learning Addressed t Method
(Hours)
Method

1.Introductio Lecture ▪ Define Software Intellectual 01 MCQ, SEQ


n to Configuration Skills
Software Management
Configurati ▪ Explain the need of
on Software
Manageme Configuration
nt Management

2.Collaborati Practical ▪ Identify collaboration Analytical 04 Presentatio


on Tools tools for software skill n
design,
documentation and

260 | P a g e
coding
▪ Compare the
collaboration tools
▪ Use a collaboration
tool for
documentation(e.g.:
Google docs)

3.Introductio Lecture ▪ Discuss the Software Intellectual 01 MCQ, SEQ


n to Configuration Skills
Software Management best
Configurati practices
on ▪ Define Configuration
Manageme Item
nt Contd...

4.Collaborati Practical ▪ Use a collaboration IT Skills 04 demonstrati


on Tools tool for software on
contd. design
(eg:www.cacoo.com)
▪ Use a collaboration
tool for coding
(eg:www.collabedit.c
om)

5.Software Lecture ▪ Explain milestone Intellectual 01 SEQ


Configurati identification and Skills
on document
Manageme identification
nt phases

6.Version Practical ▪ Compare version IT Skills 04 demonstrati


control control software on
software ▪ Discuss features of
subversion
▪ Install apache and
subversion

7.Software Lecture ▪ Explain code Intellectual 01 SEQ


Configurati identification Skills
on
Manageme
nt phases
Contd.

8.Install Practical ▪ Configure Apache & IT Skills 04 demonstrati


apache & Subversion on
subversion

261 | P a g e
9.Software Lecture ▪ Describe storage Intellectual 01 SEQ
Configurati libraries Skills
on ▪ Discuss document,
Manageme milestone, hardware
nt phases storage
Contd...

10. Working Practical ▪ Create a repository in IT Skills 04 Demonstrat


with the local pc ion, MCQ
subversion ▪ Importing files
by ▪ Check out files
configuring ▪ Checking status of
in the local files
pc

11. Software Lecture ▪ Define change control Intellectual 01 SEQ,MCQ


Configurati ▪ Change control board Skills
on
Manageme
nt phases
Contd...

12. Working Practical ▪ Using SVN diff IT Skills 04 Demonstrat


with command ion, MCQ
subversion ▪ Using SVN commit
in a remote command
server ▪ Importing files to
remote server
▪ Checking out files
from remote server

13. Software Lecture ▪ Describe change Intellectual 01 SEQ


Configurati control process Skills
on ▪ Explain status
Manageme reporting
nt phases
Contd.

14. Working Practical ▪ Working with IT Skills 04 Demonstrat


with multiple copies ion, MCQ
subversion ▪ Resolving conflicts
in a remote
server
contd.

15. Impleme Lecture ▪ Discuss how to obtain Intellectual 01 SEQ


nting management Skills, IT

262 | P a g e
Software sponsorship Skills
Configurati ▪ Discuss how to assess
on the current SCM
Manageme processes
nt in the ▪ Discuss how to
organizatio analyze requirements
n
Practical ▪ Start NetBeans or any Intellectual 04 Viva,
other IDE and Skills, IT Presentatio
identify the Skills, n, Project
requirements of Analytical work,
software Skills Demonstrat
configuration ion
management for the
development project

16. People in Lecture ▪ Define the role of Intellectual 01 SEQ


Software ▪ Software author Skills
Configurati ▪ Change control board
on ▪ Quality Assurance
Manageme team
nt and their ▪ Project Manager
role
Practical ▪ Develop small scale IT skills, 04 Project
project with a small Intellectual Work,
development team Skills, Viva,
and select their own Organizatio Presentatio
topic to develop with nal Skills n,
IDE after the last Workshop,
practical session Demonstrat
ion

17. Version Lecture ▪ List version control Intellectual 01 SEQ


control software Skills
software ▪ Categorize version
control software

Practical ▪ User requirements of IT Skills , 04 Viva,


version controlling Writing Demonstrat
system and planning Skills, ion
of version controlling Organizatio
for the project and the nal Skills
documentation

18. Version Lecture ▪ Describe terms Intellectual 01 SEQ


control related to version Skills
software control software
Contd.
Practical ▪ Develop the Intellectual 04 Presentatio
263 | P a g e
development project Skills, IT n
with the configured Skills
CVS and Identify the
problems of current
method

19. Software Lecture ▪ Identify the Intellectual 01 SEQ


Configurati components in a Skills
on Software
Manageme Configuration
nt Plan Management

Practical ▪ Students will test allAnalytical 04 Report


the SVN operations Skills Writing,
with respect to their Demonstrat
project such as ion
commit , diff, merge
etc)

20. Software Lecture ▪ Analyze Software Intellectual 01 SEQ


Configurati Configuration Skills
on Management Plans
Manageme developed for
nt Plan different scenarios
contd.
Practical ▪ Students conducts the Innovative 04 Viva,
previous practical skills, Presentatio
with a new version Intellectual n, Report
controlling system Skills Writing
which is not done in
the practical such as
GIT

21. Software Discussion ▪ Explain what is agile Intellectual 01 Viva,


Configurati development Skills Presentatio
on ▪ Identify agile n
Manageme development methods
nt in Agile
developme
nt

Practical ▪ Continues the Innovative 04 Viva,


previous week skills, Presentatio
practical Intellectual n, Report
Skills Writing

264 | P a g e
22. Software ▪ How Software 01 SEQ,
Configurati Configuration Presentatio
on Management n
Manageme techniques support
nt in Agile Agile development
developme
nt contd.

Practical ▪ Compare and contrast IT Skills, 04 Report


with the two version Analytical writing,
controlling systems Skills, Viva,
▪ Outlines the Critical Presentatio
advantages and Thinking n
disadvantages of skills
them

HNDIT2413: Web Application Development

Teaching Time
Lesson and Outcome Duration Assessment
Objectives
Topic Learning addressed Method
Method (Hours)

1. Introductio Lecture  Introduction to Web Intellectual 01 MCQ, SEQ


n to Web Application Skills
based  Principles of Markup
application Language
developme
nt Practical  HTML related IT Skills 04 Assignment
Practical.

2. Client Lecture  Difference between Intellectual 01 MCQ, SEQ


server client side scripting & Skills
Multi tired Server side scripting.
operations  Introduction to CSS
of web
based Practical  CSS related practical IT Skills 04 Assessment
application

3. Style sheets Lecture  Setting up style Intellectual 01 SEQ


(CSS- sheets, properties Skills
Cascading  CSS objects
Style
Sheets) Practical  CSS related practical IT Skills 04 Assignment
Tags &

265 | P a g e
styles

4. Client side Lecture  Basic Concepts of Intellectual 01 SEQ


Scripting - JavaScript Skills
JavaScript  JavaScript Syntax
Rules
 Data types &
variables
 Strings and arrays
 DOM (document
object model)

Practical  JavaScript related IT Skills 04 Assessment


practical

5. Client side Lecture  JavaScript Intellectual 01 SEQ,


Scripting - Conditionals Skills
JavaScript  Loops
 Function and objects
 Built in function &
libraries

Practical  JavaScript related IT Skills 04 Assessment


practical

6. Client side Lecture  Introduction to Ajax Intellectual 01 SEQ,MCQ


Scripting (Asynchronous Skills
JavaScript and XML),
etc.)

Practical  JavaScript related IT Skills 04 Assessment


practical

7. Server side Lecture  Installing PHP Intellectual 01 SEQ


Scripting Skills
 Basic of PHP
(PHP)
 Variables & Data
Types
 Operators and
Expressions

Practical  Install XAMPP (or IT Skills 04 Assessment


WAMP) for server
side scripting (PHP &
MYSQL)
 PHP related practical

8. Server side Lecture  PHP Constants 01 SEQ

266 | P a g e
Scripting  PHP Switching Flow
(PHP  Loops

Practical  PHP related practical IT Skills 04 Assessment

9. Server side  Functions Intellectual 01 SEQ


Scripting  Arrays Skills
(PHP)-
 Object
 Working with Forms

Practical  PHP related practical IT Skills 04 Assessment

10. Server Lecture  Saving State with Intellectual 01 SEQ


side cookies and Session Skills
Scripting Functions
(PHP)
 Working with Files

Practical  PHP related practical IT Skills 04 Assessment

11. Server Lecture  Introduction to PHP Intellectual 01 SEQ


side & MySQL database Skills
Scripting - connectivity
PHP &  Listing, selecting,
MYSQL adding data
database
connectivit  Reading data
y
Practical  PHP related practical IT Skills 04 Assessment

12. Web Lecture  Basic web services Intellectual 01 SEQ


services platform Skills
XML+HTTP
 Elements of
platforms(SOAP,
UDDI , WSDL)
 Web hosting and
generating income
from web

Practical  Web Hosting IT Skills 04 Assessment

13. Web Lecture  Adding functionality Intellectual 01 SEQ


application to a web site using Skills
s web applications

Practical  Web Application IT Skills 04 Assessment

267 | P a g e
related practical

14. Content  Introduction to Intellectual SEQ


Manageme content management Skills
nt Systems system(CMS) -
Moodle , Joomla,
 setting up &
customizing

Practical -  Building a sites using IT Skills 04 Assessment


Tutorial Moodle or Joomla

15. Web Lecture  Describe principles of Intellectual 01 SEQ


Security Web Security Skills

Practical  Implementing IT Skills 04 Assessment


security in web
applications

HNDIT2414: Computer Graphics and Animation

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Images Lecture  Describe Color Intellectual 04 Discussion


images, Grayscale Skills and quiz
images, Binary images
, Color schemes
RGB,CMYK,HSV

Practical  Convert an image from IT Skills 04 Labsheet


one color scheme to 1,Viva
another color scheme
via any photo editing
software such as
Photoshop, gimp or
online website or with
OpenGL

2. Sound Lecture  Describe how the Intellectual 04 Discussions,


sound is stored inside Skills presentation,
the computer and PCM Q& A
(Pulse Code sessions

268 | P a g e
Modulation), What is a
digital audio, what is
MIDI audio.

 power of sound and


decibels and sound
quality of an audio for
a practical usage such
as advertisement or
any kind of multimedia
application

Practical  Play any kind of audio IT Skills, 04 Labsheet


file through any media Intellectual
player and view the Skills
attributes of sound file
such as audio sampling
rate, bit rate and
quality of the audio
file.

 Edit sound files and


open and modify audio
any kind of audio files
through audio editing
software such as
Audacity/Adobe
premiere

3. Video Lecture  Student should be able IT Skills, 04 Discussions,


to describe How video Intellectual Presentation
is stored in computer, Skills , Quiz
their capacity of
images ,what is
rendering, analog and
digital videos, Video
formats , frame rates of
an image and how
video generation,
video capacity
calculations with
resolution

Practical  Perform Video file IT Skills, 04 Labsheet


format conversion with Intellectual
any kind of video Skills
editing software such
269 | P a g e
as adobe premiere,
Camtasia. Convert the
video quality from one
resolution

4. Animations Lecture  Describe basics of Intellectual 04 Discussions,


animations, OpenGL Skills Presentation
and animations, s,Labsheets,
motion graphics , Literature
principles of survey
animations, animation
techniques, animation
file formats, displaying
animated content,
animation tools

Practical  Familiarize to basic IT Skills, 06


animation related Intellectual
software. (Ex. Maya, Skills,
3d studio max). Basic Critical
animation design and thinking
rendering techniques. skills
Design moderate level
animations.

5. Multimedia Lecture  Student will learn the Intellectual 01 Discussions,


Jobs duties and roles of Skills Presentation
Multimedia jobs s
Project manager,
Multimedia designer,
Interface designer,
Video specialist,
writer, Audio
specialist, Multimedia
programmer, and
Multimedia producer
for web animations.

Practical  To understand the Presentatio 02 Presentation


roles of the n skills, IT ,
Multimedia jobs, Skills Discussions
Required knowledge
areas, how to perform
the job in a
professional way,
Ethics of the jobs and
attitudes, Work and
Life balance

270 | P a g e
6. Overview of Lecture  Acquire the knowledge Intellectual 02 Presentation
Graphic on video displaying Skills ,Quiz,
System devices, Vector and Discussion
raster graphics,
Graphic monitors and
workstations, input
devices, hardcopy
devices

Practical  Preparation of report Presentatio 03 Presentation


about the basic tools n skills, , Discussion
and techniques used in Analytical ,Lab Sheet
a graphic system Skills

7. Output Lecture  Describe Points and Intellectual 03 Presentation


primitives lines, Line drawing Skills, ,Lab sheet
algorithms, Circle Analytical
generating algorithms, Skills
Filled-area primitive

Practical  To perform basic line IT Skills, 06 Lab sheet


drawing with OpenGL, Analytical
line drawing algorithm Skills
with OpenGL, Circle
generation and fill area
with OpenGL

8. Two Lecture  Understand the Basic Intellectual 02 Presentation


Dimensional concepts of Skills, IT , Discussion
Geometric transformations, Skills
Transformat Translation, Rotation,
ions Scaling , Reflection,
Shear, Matrix
representations and
homogeneous
coordinates, composite
transformations,
General pivot-point
rotation,
Transformation
between coordinate
system

Practical  Perform translation, IT Skills 03 Labsheet,


rotation, scaling, Tutorial
reflection and shear to
a drawn object using
OpenGL

271 | P a g e
9. Three Lecture  Describe Translation, Intellectual 02 Presentation
Dimensional Rotation, Scaling, Skills, IT , Discussion
Geometric Reflections and Shears Skills
and of an object in a 3D
Modeling environment.
transformati
ons Practical  Perform a 3D object IT Skills, 04 Tutorial,
translation, rotation, Intellectual Labsheet
scaling is performed Skills
with OpenGL

10. Three Lecture  Viewing pipeline, Intellectual 03 Presentation


dimensional Viewing coordinates, skills, ,
viewing parallel and IT Skills Discussions
perspective projections

Practical  Prepare a small IT Skills 03 Lab sheet


OpenGL application
which supports for
previously gained
knowledge and
experience

HNDIT2415: Digital Image Processing

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1.Introduction Lecture,  Explain what is a Intellectual 06 Presentation


to Image Discussion Digital Image and , s,
Processing Digital Image
Cognitive Practical,
Processing, and
 Explain the difference Assessment
analytical
between Analog Image s
Skills,
and Digital Image. Practical
 Describe how the
Skills
Digital Image is stored
in a computer system
 Introduce to Math lab
as a tool for Image
Processing
 Handle Math lab basic
commands for

272 | P a g e
processing images

2.Applications Lecture,  Identify the areas Intellectual 07 Reviewing


of Digital Discussion which involved in , and
Image simple image processing analyzing
Analytical
Processing image  Explain the simple
communica
processing functionalities image
tion
research performed by image processing
processing Writing researches
 Difficulties and Skills
Report
challenges in digital
Writing,
image processing
Presentation

3.Image Lecture,  Identify Digital image Intellectual 03 Presentation


Compressio tutorial formats(compressed and , discussion,
n and and uncompressed) analytical MCQ, SEQ
Case study
Digital  Describe compressed skills
analyzing
Image and uncompressed
Presentatio
Formats image formats n skills
 Explain
JPEG,PND,GIF
compression formats
 Handle Matlab basic
commands for perform
these basic concepts

4.Types of Lecture,  Describe Binary, Intellectual 05 SEQ,MCQ,


Digital Tutorial , grayscale, true color skills Tutorial
Image color Case study and indexed images Practical submission
schemes analyzing  Explain how the color
Skills
is represented in
digital image Analytical
 CMYK,RGB color Skills
schemes
 Conversion of color
image into a grayscale
image

 Handle Mat lab basic
commands for perform
these basic concepts

5.Image Lecture,  Spatial resolution and Intellectual 18 Mini


display and Tutorial, image quantization , Practical, Project,
enhancemen Practical  Image enhancements IT skills, SEQ,
t  Point and Presentatio Presentation
Neighborhood n skills, s, Research
processing works
Analytical
273 | P a g e
 Gray level slicing and Skills
image substation
 Describe what is
image histogram
 Histogram
equalization
 Handle Mat lab basic
commands for perform
these basic concepts

6.Image Lecture,  Describe Image Intellectual 20 Mini


geometrical Discussion Slicing resizing, skills, project,
Operations , Inversing, reflect and Analytical Group
Image translation Skills, project,
morphology,  Describe and Practical presentation
Line and demonstrate edge Skills s ,
edge detection, line demonstrati
detection detection , image ons
dilation and erosion
 Handle Matlab basic
commands for perform
these basic concepts

HNDIT2416: Digital Video and Audio

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1.Overview of Lecture  Overview of audio Intellectual 02 Quizzes,


digital audio video technology. skills discussion
and video Historical and
technology contemporary
practices in video and
audio production.

2.video and Lecture  Improve the IT & 04 Discussion


audio knowledge of digital Practical
equipment video equipment and skills
standards

3.digital vs. Lecture  Overview of digital vs. Intellectual 02 Discussion


analog analog camcorders skills

274 | P a g e
camcorders

4.Digital Lecture  Identify the various IT & 04 Discussion


standards, digital video Practical
audio video compression skills
compression techniques and
techniques standards.
and
sampling

5.Digital Lecture  Identify the basic Intellectual 02 Discussion


storage digital storage media skills
media

6.Sampling Lecture  Describe the Sampling Intellectual 04 Discussion


technique skills

7.Camera Lecture  Identify the conceptsIntellectual 04 Discussion


angles, of camera angles, skills
Lighting, focusing technique
and color and framing
theory

8.Lighting Lecture  Identify the lighting IT & 04 Practical


Techniques techniques, Practical Assignment
 Color theory related to skills,
video product. analytical
skill

9.Audio and Lecture  Describe the tools and Intellectual 03 Practical


Video techniques available in skills, IT Assignment
editing standard digital video practical
editing programs skill

10. Audio and Lecture  Apply foundation IT & 04 Practical


Video concepts in non-linear Practical Assignment
editing video modification and skills
digital sound editing

11. Applying Lecture  Applying special IT & 04 Practical


text , special effects processing on Practical Assignment
effect to the videos skills
video

12. Applying Lecture  Applyingtitles and IT & 04 Practical


text , special text overlays into Practical Assignment
effect to the videos skills
video

275 | P a g e
13. Video Lecture  Write and develop 5 Intellectual 04 Discussion
production min. shooting script skills

HNDIT2417: Mobile Application Development

Teaching Time
and Outcomes Duratio Assessment
Lesson Topic Objectives
Learning Addressed n Method
Method (Hours)

1. Introduction Lecture  Define mobile 01


to Mobile computing
Application  Explain various types
Developme of mobile computing
nt devices.
Definition
of Mobile
Computing

Devices (M
obile
Computers,
Smartphon
es,
Dedicated
Devices,
Pervasive
Computing
)

2. Getting Practical  04 Evaluate


Started practical
with
Android
Introducing
Android
Familiarizi
ng Eclipse
Running
and
Debugging
Application
s

276 | P a g e
3. Web-Based Lecture  Compare and contrast 01
Application web-based mobile
s applications against
Native native applications.
Application  Detail the history of
s mobile platforms.
History of
Mobile
Platforms (
PDAs,
Netbooks,
Smartphon
es)
Internet
Protocols
for Mobile
Apps (WA
P 1.0,
WAP 2.0 )
Content vs.
Application
s (HTML,
Java,
Evolution
of
Browsers)

4. Mastering Practical  04 Evaluate


the practical
Android
Developme
nt Tools
Using the
Android
Documenta
tion
Debugging
Application
s with
DDMS
Working
with the
Android
Emulator
Using SD
Card
Images
with the

277 | P a g e
5. Infrastructur Lecturer/  Describe the Internet 01
e protocols for mobile
Presentatio
Mobile and n applications.
Cell Phone  Discuss the evolution
Technologi of browsers and
es (CDMA, Internet languages
GSM, 3-G, such as HTML and
4-G) JavaScript
Internet
Terms ( IP
Address ,
Subnet
Mask,
Gateway ,
DNS ,
Static vs.
Dynamic)
Transport (
HTTP ,
Routing,
Secure
Connection
s
Proxies
Reverse
Proxies

6. Building Practical  04 Evaluate


Android practical
Application
s
Designing
a Typical
Android
Application
Using the
Application
Context
Working
with
Activities
Working
with Intents
Working
with
Dialogs
Working
with

278 | P a g e
Fragments
Logging
Application
Information

7. Unit 3: Lecturer/  Describe mobile and 01


HTML/CS Presentatio cell phone
S/DOM technologies.
n
and  Compare and contrast
Scripting. 3-G and 4-G.
HTML (Va  Define and describe an
lidation, IP address.
Rendering,
Web
Browsers
and
differences,
Cascading
Style
Sheets
(CSS) (Def
inition,
Properties,
Inheritance

Document
Object
Model
(DOM) (B
asic
Definitions,
Document,
Objects,
Model ,
DOM
Tree
JavaScript(
Uses,
Basic
Constructs ,
Variables,
Strings,
Operators ,
Arrays,
Objects ,
Functions ,
Control
Structures ,

279 | P a g e
Looping ,
Modes of
Execution,
Embedded
in HTML ,
Separate
file called
from
HTML)

8. Managing Practical  04
Application
Resources.

9. JQuery and Lecture /  Discuss gateways and 01


Structured presentatio subnet masks.
Data n  Explain transport
JQuery (O including HTTP and
verview, routing.
Events in  Explain how proxies
JQuery , and reverse proxies
Event work.
Listeners,
AJAX with
Jquery )
JavaScript
and XML
XML (
Data vs.
Content,
Structure,
Elements,
Tags,
Attributes
JavaScript
Object
Notation(JS
ON) (Descr
iption )
Examples
of XML
and JSON

10. Configurin Practical  04


g the

280 | P a g e
Android
Manifest
File

11. Scripting  Upon successful 01


with Server completion of this
Access unit, the student will
Overview be able to:
AJAX  Discuss how to use
Mechanics AJAX for web
(XMLHttp applications.
Request  Explain the mechanics
Object , of AJAX.
responseX  Explain JavaScript
ML ) frameworks.
XMLHttpR
equest
Implementa
tions by
Browser
JavaScript
Framework
s
Design
Patterns

12. Designing Practical  04


an
Application
Framework

13. Designing  Discuss how to design 01


Mobile mobile interfaces.
User  Define usability.
Interfaces  Explain ways to test
Definition user interfaces.
of  Discuss the various
Usability types of user interfaces
Steps to for mobile apps.
Building a  Compare and contrast
Good User mobile web and native
Interface apps.
Task
Analysis
and
Contextual
Inquiry
Developme
nt
281 | P a g e
Cycle (Rap
id
Prototyping
,
Evaluation
)
Mobile
User
Interface
Types (
Interactive
Voice
Response
(IVR) ,
SMS/MMS
, Mobile
Web ,
Native
Application
s,
Hybrids )
Mobile
Application
Developme
nt Design
Considerati
ons (Text
Entry,
Screen
Size, User
Interface ,
User
Context

14. Implementi Practical  04


ng an
Animated
Splash
Screen

15. Mobile Lecture  Upon successful 01 Quiz


Application completion of this
Evaluation unit, the student will
and Mobile be able to:
Browsers  Discuss mobile device
Mobile user interaction
Device patterns.
User  Evaluate mobile user
Interaction interfaces.
282 | P a g e
Patterns  Describe various types
(Interaction of expert evaluations,
Time, such as cognitive
Spanning walkthroughs and
Devices, heuristic evaluation
Mobile
Security )
Evaluating
Mobile
User
Interfaces
(Expert
Evaluation
, Cognitive
Walkthroug
h,
Heuristic
Evaluation,
User
Evaluation
in the Lab,
Think out
loud study ,
Performanc
e Study ,
User
Evaluation
in the
Field,
Diary
Study ,
Experience
Sampling
Method,
Logging
Study

16. Implementi Practical  04


ng the
Main Menu
Screen

17. Mobile Lecture/  Discuss user lab 01


Browsers Presentatio  Evaluations.
and n  Conduct user field
Browsers evaluations such as
Mobile diary studies,
Browser experience sampling,
Evolution (
283 | P a g e
Mobile and logging.
Safari ,
Touch
Web ,
CSS )

18. Developing Practical  04


the Help
and Scores
Screens

19. Mobile Lecture/  Upon successful 01


Platforms Presentatio completion of this
URIs for n unit, the student will
Mobile be able to:
Apps (  Discuss URIs for
One Web mobile apps.
URIs,  Compare and contrast
Mobile native mobile
Web platforms such as
URIs ) iPhone, Android, and
Native Windows Mobile.
Runtime
Platforms (
Tightly
Controlled
(IPhone),
Open
(Android) ,
Licensed
(Windows
Mobile) )

20. Building Practical  04


Forms to
Collect
User Input

21. Cross Lecture/  Discuss using the web 01


Platform Presentatio as a mobile application
Developme n platform.
nt  Explain HTML5 and
HTML5 ( differences between it
Features ) and HTML.
Hybrid  Discuss hybrid
Runtime environments
Environme
nts (Brows
er-
284 | P a g e
embedded
environmen
ts , Cross-
Compiled )

22. Using Practical  04


Dialogs to
Collect
User Input

23. Unit 9: Lecture/  Upon successful 01


Storage and Presentatio completion of this
Geolocatio n unit, the student will
n be able to:
Need for  Discuss the need for
Storage storage.
Local  Compare local storage
Storage to caching and
with cookies.
HTML5  Explain the various
Storage on types of storage.
the Web  Discuss geolocation
Geolocatio and how it can be
n used.
 Explain ways for a
mobile application to
determine location.

24. Adding  04
Application
Logic

25. Android Lecture /  Upon successful 01


Developme presentatio completion of this
nt n unit, the student will
Java be able to:
Review  Understand the
Android Android development
SDK (Acti environment.
vities,  Develop apps for
Views ) Android devices.
Resources,
Views and
Intents (Re
sources,
Views,
Intents )
Intents and
Storage
285 | P a g e
Storage and
Threads (
Data
Storage,
SQL,
SQLLite )

Practical 04

26. iPhone/iPA Lecture /  Understand the IOS . 01


D presentatio development
Developme n environment
nt
Object-C
Primer
Windows-
based
Application
s and
MVC
View
Controllers

Provisionin
g, view
controllers,
gestures
and data
Core Data,
Localizatio
n,
Graphics

Lecture / 04
presentatio
n

27. Continue  Develop apps for IOS 01


previous devices

04

286 | P a g e
Administrator Track Option

HNDIT2421: Server Administration

Teaching Time
and Outcomes Duratio Assessmen
Lesson Topic Objectives Addressed
Learning n t Method
Method (Hours)

Introduction to Lecture  This unit provides


Intellectual 03 Group
Linux Server Tutorials an overview of , discussion
Installation and general concepts, Presentatio and Quiz
Administration terminologies, n skills
issues, and some
technical
background of
Linux Server.

Architecture of a Lecture  Students should Intellectual 03 Quiz


Linux System Tutorials understand the ,
Architecture of a Presentatio
System and n skills
explain Kernel,
shell, command
line shell and
GUI

Common Unix / Lecture  Students should Intellectual 01 Group


Linux command. Tutorials understand the , Discussion
File Management Presentatio
commands, cat n skills
commands,
searching files,
memory usage,
file systems and
storage Devices,
Monitor the
system

Practical  Practical is IT Skills 02 Assignmen


focused on the t
Common Unix /
Linux command.

Linux Local user Lecture  Students should Intellectual 01 Quiz


Management Tutorials be able to creating ,
local user, assign Presentatio
287 | P a g e
user name and n skills
password,
deleting local
user, restrict user.

Practical  Practical is IT Skills 02 Assignmen


focused on the t
creating local
user, assign user
name and
password,
deleting local
user, restrict user.

Linux Process Lecture  Student should be Intellectual 01 Group


Management Tutorials able to understand , discussion
Process in Linux, Presentatio
How to send n skills
process signals in
Linux and check
status of specific
service.

Practical  Complete IT Skills 02 Assignmen


assignment and t
identify Linux
Process

CronTab Lecture  Students will Intellectual 01 Group


Tutorials learn the how to , Discussion
install CronTabon Presentatio and Quiz
Linux, CronTab n skills
format and View
CronTab entries.

Practical  Practical is IT Skills 02 Assignmen


focused to t
CronTab
 commands

IP Address Lecture  Students will Intellectual 01 Group


Tutorials learn about IP , Discussion
versions, Internet Presentatio and Quiz
IP address n skills
structure , subnet
mask, IP address
288 | P a g e
classes, Private IP
address.

Practical  Practical is IT skills 02 Assignmen


focused to t
Internet, network
and host IP
address

Server Installation Lecture  Students will Intellectual 01 Group


and Configuration Tutorials learn about proxy , Discussion
server, mail server Presentatio
and DHCP sever n skills

Practical  Complete IT Skill 02 Group


Assignment with Assignmen
Server installation t
and configuration

Server Installation Lecture  Continue the Intellectual 01 Group


and Configuration Tutorials previous week , Discussion
lesson Presentatio
n skills

Practical  Continue the IT Skills 02 Group


previous week Assignmen
lesson t

Windows server Lecture  Student should Intellectual 01 Group


installation and Tutorials understand , Discussion
Administration hardware Presentatio
requirements to n skills
installation, Initial
system
configuration and
remote desktop
configuration.

Practical  Install Windows IT skills 2hrs Group


server 2008 and Assignmen
configure t

Windows server Lecture  Continue the Intellectual 01 Group


installation and Tutorials previous week , Discussion
Administration lesson (Windows Presentatio
Server n skills
Administration)

Practical  Continue the IT Skills 02 Assignmen

289 | P a g e
previous week t
Practical and
complete Server
Administration

Configuration Lecture  Student should Intellectual 01 Quiz


server Roles and Tutorials Understand File ,
features server, Print Presentatio
server , IIS server n skills
and DNS server

Practical  Configure the IT skills 02 Group


Windows servers Assignmen
t

Revision and pass Discussion  Revision of lessonIntellectual 03 Discussion


paper discussion done throughout Skills
the semester and
pass paper
discussion

Revision and pass Discussion  Revision of lessonIntellectual 03 Discussion


paper discussion done throughout Skills
the semester and
pass paper
discussion

HNDIT2422: Network and Data Center Operations

Teaching Time
Lesson and Outcomes Duratio Assessmen
Objectives
Topic Learning Addressed n t Method
Method (Hours)

14. Lecture  Industrial importance Intellectual 02 Discussion


ntroductio of Data centers. skills s
n to Data  Identify the Communicati Quizzes
centers advantages of data on skills
and real centers.
world
examples
Practical  Studdying Amazon IT & Practical 02 Case Study
EZ2 and National skills
Climate Data Center

290 | P a g e
15. Lecture  Explain the critical Intellectual 02 Lecture
ritical issues with Data skills slides
issues in center design.
Discussion
Data  Identify Data center
centers users

Practical  Cisco Next-G Data IT & Practical 02 Case Study


Center(Nexus) case skills Lab
study
Individual
Assignmen
t-1

16. Data Lecture  Identify Enterprise Intellectual 02 Lecture


Center data center and skills slides
categorical Collocation data
Discussion
center
 Hybrid Data Centers

Practical  Cisco Packet tracer IT & Practical 02 Lab


and router, switches skills Individual
and other industrial Assignmen
network equipment
t-2

17. Lecture  Standard for design Intellectual 02 Lecture


ata center and implementation skills Slides
standard of Data Centers Discussion
and  Installation of Data
regulation Centers and computer
s rooms standards

Practical  Standard TIA-942 IT & Practical 02 Case Study


analyze and identify skills Question
the guidelines

18. Lecture  Types of switches Intellectual 02 Lecture


ata center commonly used skills Slides
architectur ▪ Edge
Discussion
e ▪ Core
▪ Distribution Demonstrat
ion

Practical  Cisco packet tracer IT & Practical 02 Lab


layer-2 and layer-3 skills Individual
291 | P a g e
devices. Assignmen
t-3

19. Lecture  The purpose of Intellectual 02 Lecture


ata Center network racks, skills Slides
cabling cabinet and cable Discussion
and management.
pathways  Identify overhead and Demonstrat
under floor cabling ion
methods

Practical  Group presentation IT & Practical 03 Lab


about Data centers skills Group
Assignmen
t

20. Lecture  Power calculation Intellectual 02 Lecture


ata Center methods skills Slides
Power  Power distribution Discussion
distributio units.
n  Data center electrical
efficiency
 PDU types

Practical  Case study about IT & Practical 02 Lab


Google data center. skills assignment
 Understand the how
Online
Google data center assessment
and power s
distribution methods.
Demonstrat
ion
Quizzes

21. Data Lecture  Identify importance Intellectual 01 Lecture


Center of cooling methods. skills Slides
cooling  Hot and cold aisle Discussion
methods. methods.
 Managing the air
flows
 Network cabinet
arrangement

Practical  Understanding the IT & Practical 02 Case Study


Google Data center skills Question
cooling methods with
virtual tour Demonstrat
ion

292 | P a g e
HNDIT2423: Disaster Recovery & Business Continuity Planning

Teaching
Time
Lesson and Outcomes Assessment
Objectives duration
topic Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Lecture  This unit provides an Intellectual 03 Discussion


Introduction Tutorials overview of general ,
to security concepts, Presentatio
terminologies, issues n skills
BCP and
for BCP and Business
Asset
Impact Analysis

2. Introduction Lecture  Analyze the concept Intellectual 03 Discussion


to Risk Tutorials of Risk Management ,
Management be able to explain Presentatio
important concepts n skills
and terminologies
related to BCP.

3. Threat. Lecture  Discuss threat Intellectual 01 Discussion


Tutorials modeling ,
methodology and Presentatio
software technology n skills
that assists computer
security consultants
and software
developers in
assessing system risks
and building the most
effective risk
reduction policy for
their system

Practical  Practical is focused IT Skills 02 Lab sheet 1


on the treat analysis Lab Sheet 2
tools

4. Lecture  Describe the three Intellectual 01 Quiz


Vulnerabilitie Tutorials elements: a system ,
s. susceptibility or flaw, Presentatio
attacker access to the n skills
flaw, and attacker
capability to exploit
the flaw and cyclical
practice of
identifying,
293 | P a g e
classifying,
remediating, and
mitigating
vulnerabilities

Practical  Presentation on recent IT Skills 02 Lab Sheet 3


vulnerabilities and Lab Sheet 4
preventive measures

5. Planning Lecture  Geographic Intellectual 01 Discussion


for readiness Tutorials responsibilities to co ,
mbatant commanders, Presentatio
establishment of read n skills
inessstandards and le
vels, development of
peacetime deploymen
t patterns, coordinatio
n of reconnaissance

Practical  Practical approaches IT Skills 02 Assignment


in data centers

6. Incident Lecture  Students will learn Intellectual 01 Discussion


response Tutorials the incident , and Quiz
response plan Presentatio
includes a policy that n skills
defines, in specific
terms, what
constitutes an
incident and provides
a step-by-step process
that should be
followed when an
incident occurs.

Practical  Digital Forensics with IT Skills 02 Assignment


Open Source Tools

7. Contingenc Lecture  Discuss specific Intellectual 01 Discussion


y strategies Tutorials measures that an air , and Quiz
navigation service Presentatio
provider (ANSP) will n skills
have put in place in
order to prepare for
adverse contingencies
that might affect
future operations,

Practical  Continue on previous IT skills 02 Assignment

294 | P a g e
week practical

8. Disaster Lecture  Students will learn Intellectual 01 Discussion


recovery Tutorials about policies and ,
procedures to enable Presentatio
the recovery or n skills
continuation of vital
technology
infrastructure and
systems

Practical  Continue on previous IT Skill 02 Assignment


week practical

9. Disaster Lecture  Learning about Intellectual 03 Discussion


recovery Tutorials control measures and ,
strategies Presentatio
n skills

10. Crisis Lecture  Discus major events Intellectual 03 Discussion


Managemen Tutorials that threaten to harm ,
t the organization, its Presentatio
stakeholders, or the n skills
general public. The
study of crisis
management
originated with the
large-scale industrial
and environmental
disasters

11. Emerg Lecture  Discuss plans through Intellectual 03 Group


ency Tutorials which communities , Discussion
Manageme reduce vulnerability Presentatio
nt to hazards and cope n skills
with disasters and its
lifecycle

12. Revisi Lecture  Revision of lesson Intellectual 03 Discussion


on Tutorials semester and pass , and Quiz
paper discussion Presentatio
n skills

13. Revisi Discussion  Revision of lesson Intellectual 02 Discussion


on and pass semester and pass Skills
paper paper discussion
discussion

295 | P a g e
14. Revision Discussion  Revision of lesson Intellectual 02 Discussion
and pass semester and pass Skills
paper paper discussion

HNDIT2424: Database Administration

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessmen
Lesson topic Objectives Duration
Learning Addressed t Method
(Hours)
Method

1.Introductio Lecture  This unit provides an Intellectual 03 Discussion


n to Tutorials overview of ,
SQL Server Structured Query Presentatio
Language (SQL)– n skills
and
based, scalable,
relational
relational database
databases
with integrated
Extensible Mark-up
Language (XML)
support for Internet
applications.

2. Installing Lecture  Configure SQL Intellectual 03 Discussion


and Tutorials Server using ,
configuring graphical and Presentatio
SQL Server command-prompt n skills
utilities

3. SQL Lecture  Discuss Intellectual 01 Discussion


Server data Tutorials manageability, ,
storage scalability, and data Presentatio
management protection in the data n skills
centre and in the
.
cloud.

Practical  Practical is focused IT Skills 02 Lab sheet 1


on SQL Sever Lab Sheet
2

4. Managing Lecture  Students should be Intellectual 01 Quiz


data with the Tutorials able to describe the ,
DTS utility objects and utilities to Presentatio
allow the automation
296 | P a g e
of extract, transform n skills
and load operations to
or from a database

Practical  Presentation on recent IT Skills 02 Lab Sheet


DTS utilities 3
Lab Sheet
4

5. SQL Lecture  Administrative and Intellectual 01 discussion


Server Tutorials operational tasks that ,
Security should be taken in Presentatio
management account from a n skills
security perspective
when using Microsoft
SQL Server

Practical  Practical approaches IT Skills 02 Assignmen


in DB security t
programming

6. SQL Lecture  Students will learn Intellectual 01 Discussion


Server Tutorials the high availability , and Quiz
Backup & solutions that can be Presentatio
Recovery used with SQL n skills
Server, like Always
On, Fail-over
clustering, or
Database mirroring.

Practical  Backup & Recovery IT Skills 02 Assignmen


tools t

Lecture  SAN , NAS and data Intellectual 01 Discussion


Tutorials storages , and Quiz
7. SQL Presentatio
Server n skills
database
Replication Practical  Continue on previous IT skills 02 Assignmen
week practical t

9. SQL Lecture  SAN , NAS and data Intellectual 01 Discussion


Server Tutorials storages ,
database Presentatio
Replication n skills

Practical  Continue on previous IT Skill 02 Assignmen


week practical t

297 | P a g e
10. SQL Lecture  Learning about Intellectual 03 Discussion
Server Job Tutorials features has been ,
scheduling added over the years Presentatio
which every DBA n skills
should know about
and consider when
they deploy new SQL
Server Agent Jobs.

11. SQL Lecture  Discus schedules Intellectual 03 Discussion


Server Job Tutorials ,
scheduling Presentatio
n skills

12. SQL Lecture  Discuss Naming Intellectual 03 Group


Server Job Tutorials Conventions , Discussion
scheduling Presentatio
n skills

13Revision Lecture  Revision of lesson Intellectual 02 Discussion


Tutorials semester and pass , and Quiz
paper discussion Presentatio
n skills

14. Revision Discussion  Revision of lesson Intellectual 02 Discussion


and pass semester and pass Skills
paper paper discussion
discussion

15. Revision Discussion  Revision of lesson Intellectual 02 Discussion


and past semester and pass Skills
paper paper discussion

HNDIT2425: Database Programming Project

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessmen
Lesson topic Objectives duration
Learning Addressed t Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Database as Lecture  Describe dynamic Intellectual 03 Discussion


part of a Tutorials web sites combined ,
complex with server side Presentatio
web- programming which n skills
298 | P a g e
enabled provide
application functionalities such as
interacting with users,
connecting to back-
end databases, Data
Warehousing And
Mining techniques

2. Database Lecture  Analyse information Intellectual 03 Discussion


security Tutorials security control are ,
appropriate to Presentatio
databases, including: n skills
 Access control
 Auditing
 Authentication
 Encryption
 Integrity controls
 Backups
 Application security
 Database Security
applying Statistical
Method

3. Continue Lecture Intellectual 01 Discussion


previous Tutorials ,
Presentatio
n skills

Practical  Practical is focused IT Skills 02 Lab sheet 1


on the treat analysis Lab Sheet
tools 2

4. Optimize Lecture  Describe optimizing Intellectual 01 Quiz


database Tutorials database queries in ,
performanc Microsoft SQL Server Presentatio
e. requires to the basics of n skills
query indexes and
performance statistics.
Being familiar with
how optimization
works will improve the
accuracy of decision
making.

Practical  Presentation on IT Skills 02 Lab Sheet


299 | P a g e
optimizing database 3
queries in Microsoft Lab Sheet
SQL Server 4

5. Optimize Lecture  Discuss SQL Server Intellectual 01 discussion


database Tutorials based on a built-in ,
performanc Index Tuning Wizard Presentatio
e to establish an n skills
optimal set of
statistics and indexes.

Practical  Continue previous IT Skills 02 Assignmen


week t

6.Design an Lecture  Students will learn Intellectual 01 Discussion


object- Tutorials the GUI front-end , and Quiz
oriented for manipulating Presentatio
front-end database tables and n skills
for a are object-relational
database systems that deal with
using UML both relational
and other databases and object-
process and oriented technology
data
modelling
tools

Practical  To model such IT Skills 02 Assignmen


applications, we use t
UML Profiles and
met models based on
a three-tiered
application
architecture for the
different stages of the
development
lifecycles
1. 7. Lecture  Describe benefits of Intellectual 01 Discussion
7. Design an Tutorials the model-driven ,
object- approach include the Presentatio
oriented possible use of the n skills
front-end models for
for a maintenance
database processes such as
using UML incremental code
and other generation, updating
process and test cases, and
data
300 | P a g e
modelling documentation
tools

Practical  Continue on previous IT skills 02 Assignmen


week practical t

 Mid Semester Vacation

9. Implement Lecture  Students will Intellectual 01 Discussion


an object- Tutorials describe the ,
oriented implementation of an Presentatio
front-end to object-oriented SQL n skills
a relational (structured query
database language) front-end,
called OOSQL, for
the IBM DB2
relational database
system

Practical  implementation of a IT Skill 02 Assignmen


object-oriented SQL t

10. Lecture  Continue previous Intellectual 03 Discussion


Implement Tutorials week ,
an object- Presentatio
oriented n skills
front-end to
a relational
database

11. Provide Lecture  Discus user Intellectual 03 Discussion


appropriate Tutorials documentation in ,
user both hardcopy and Presentatio
documentat online versions n skills
ion in both
hardcopy
and online
versions

12. hardcopy Lecture  Continue previous Intellectual 03 Group


and online Tutorials week , Discussion
versions Presentatio
n skills

301 | P a g e
13 hardcopy Lecture  Continue previous Intellectual 03 Discussion
and online Tutorials week ,
versions Presentatio
n skills

14. hardcopy Discussion  Continue previous Intellectual 02 Discussion


and online week Skills
versions

15. hardcopy Discussion  Continue previous Intellectual 02 Discussion


and online week Skills
versions

Analyst Track Option

HNDIT2431: Software Testing

Teaching
Time
Lesson and Outcome Assessmen
Objectives Duration
Topic Learning addressed t Method
(Hours)
Method

2.Introductio Lecture  Define reliability Intellectual 01 MCQ, SEQ


n to  Describe what is Skills
Software software testing and
Testing the need of software
testing
 Describing the
methods of testing
(simulation/ searching
for bugs / designing
test cases)

Group  Describe the reasons Team work 04 Presentatio


Discussion for software failures n
and results of them
 Describe why
software quality
assurance cost lot of
money

3.Reviews Lecture  Describe the review Intellectual 01 SEQ


302 | P a g e
process Skills
 Setting objectives to a
review and roles
associated
 Describe alternative
types of formal and
informal reviews

Group work  Practical experience Team work 04 Presentatio


in conducting a / n
formal review communica
tion skills

4.Static Lecture  Understand the Intellectual 01 SEQ


verification distinction between Skills
techniques software verification
and software
validation
 Describe the program
inspections as a
method of
discovering defects

Practical  Describe what is IT Skills 04 Assessment


automated static
analysis

5.Software Lecture  Understand the Intellectual 01 SEQ


testing distinctions between Skills
techniques validation testing and
defects testing

Group  Describe System Team work 04 Presentatio


discussion testing, Integration / n
testing, Release Communic
testing, Performance ation skills
testing
 Describe component
testing, Interface
testing

6.Test case Lecture  Describe what is a Intellectual 02 SEQ


designing test case Skills
 Describe approaches
for test case
designing.
(Requirements base
testing, partition
Testing, Structural
303 | P a g e
testing)

Practical  Designing test cases IT Skills 08 Assessment

7.Test Lecture  Describe the essential Intellectual 01 SEQ,


automation characteristics of Skills
software tools that
support test
automation

Practical  Use of automated IT Skills 04 Assessment


software tools for
testing

8.White box Lecture  Describe what is Intellectual 02 SEQ,MCQ


testing white box testing Skills
 Identify different
white box testing
techniques

Practical  Use of automated IT Skills 08 Assessment


software tools for
white box testing
techniques

9.Black box Lecture  Describe what is Intellectual 02 SEQ


testing black box testing Skills
 Identify different
black box testing
techniques

Practical  Use of automated IT Skills 08 Assessment


software tools for
black box testing
techniques

10. Testing Lecture  Describe product risk Intellectual 01 SEQ


and Risk and project risk Skills
 Identify categories of
risks
 Describe the risk
management process

Group  Explain different risk Communic 04 Presentatio


discussion identification ation skills/ n
mechanisms Team work
 Identify risk analysis
matrixes

304 | P a g e
11. Software Lecture  Describe the Intellectual 01 SEQ
testing and relationship between Skills
quality software testing with
manageme software quality
nt assurance and quality
control

Group  Describe and practice Communic 04 Presentatio


discussion special testing ation skills/ n
mechanisms for Team work
internet based
applications
12. Revision Discussion  Revision of the Intellectual 05 SEQ
and pass lessons Skills
paper
discussion

13. Revision Discussion  Revision of the Intellectual 05 SEQ


and pass lessons Skills
paper
discussion

HNDIT2432: Technical Report Writing

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessmen
Lesson topic Objective Duration
Learning Addressed t Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Expla Lecture  Identify the need of 01 Final


in the need technical documents examinatio
of technical and technical writing n paper
reports in
general,
and in
software
projects in
particular

Demonstrate Practical  Explain characteristic 04 Evaluate


examples of technical report practical
of technical writing
documents

305 | P a g e
2. Conti Lecture  Familiarize the 01 Final
nue characteristic of examinatio
characterist technical report n paper
ics of structures
technical
writing

Continuation Practical  Familiarize the 04 Evaluate


of previous characteristic of practical
week technical report
structures

3. Descr Lecturer/  Creating a proper 01 Assignmen


ibe the Presentation project proposal t
purpose document
and
structure of
a project
proposal

Introducing Practical  Use software tools to 04 Evaluate


Microsoft create technical practical
Word as a documents
technical
report
writing tool

4. Conti Lecturer/  01
nuation of Presentation
previous
weeks
content

Continuation Practical  04
of previous
weeks
contents

5. Expla Lecture /  Making effective, 01 Presentatio


in the presentation professional n
necessity presentations
and
importance
of making
effective
professiona
l
presentatio
306 | P a g e
ns

Introduce Practical  Making effective 04 Presentatio


Microsoft professional n
Power presentations
point as a
software
tool to
create
effective
multimedia
presentatio
n

6. Descr Lecture/  Introduce best 01 Presentatio


ibe presentation practices in modern n
innovative communication and
methods in public speaking
communica
tion and
making
presentatio
ns

Continuation Practical  Making professional 04 Presentatio


of previous presentations n
weeks
content

7. Illust lecture  Creating technical 01 Assignmen


rate the reports t
structure
and
contents of
project
progress
reports and
the interim
report

Creating the Practical  Creating technical 04 Evaluating


structure of reports the interim
the project report for
interim structure
report and
307 | P a g e
using standards
Microsoft
Word

8. Conti Lecture  Creating technical 01 Evaluating


nuation of reports the interim
previous report for
weeks structure
content and
standards

Continuation Practical  Creating technical 04 Evaluating


of previous reports the interim
weeks report for
content structure
and
standards

9. Descr Lecture/  Creating technical 01 Evaluating


ibe the Presentation reports the final
structure project
and outline report for
contents of structure
the final and
project standards
report
document

Creating the Practical  Creating technical 04 Evaluating


final reports the final
project project
report report for
using structure
Microsoft and
Word standards

10. Conti Lecture/  Creating technical 01 Evaluating


nuation of Presentation reports the final
previous project
weeks report for
content structure
and
standards

Continuation Practical  Creating technical 04 Evaluating


of previous reports the final
weeks project
content report for
structure
308 | P a g e
and
standards

11. Descr Lecture/  Creating a poster 01 Evaluating


ibe the Presentation presentation the poster
importance
of poster
presentatio
ns

Explain how Practical  Creating a poster 04 Evaluating


to create a the poster
poster presentatio
properly n
and
effectively

12. Descr Lecture/  Drafting official e 01 Final


ibe the Presentation mails examinatio
importance n paper
of drafting
e mails
professiona
lly and
officially

Drafting Practical  Using tools available 04 Evaluating


official e in e mail client practical
mails applications to create
professiona professional e mails
lly

13. Descr Lecture /  Creating research 01 Evaluating


ibing presentation papers research
methods papers
and
standards
of creating
research
papers and
white
papers

Demonstrati Practical  Creating research 04 Evaluating


ng sample papers research
research papers
papers
white
papers
309 | P a g e
14. Expla Lecture /  Creating research . 01 Evaluating
ining the presentation papers research
importance papers
of research
papers and
term papers

15. Conti Lecture /  Creating research 04 Evaluating


nuation of presentation papers research
previous papers
weeks
contents

16. Wind lecture  Revising the syllabus 01 Final


ing up and preparation for examinatio
session and the final examination n
revision of
the syllabus

17. Wind lecture  Revising the syllabus 04 Final


ing up and preparation for examinatio
session and the final examination n
revision of
the syllabus

HNDIT2433: Software Quality Assurance

Teaching
Time
Lesson and Outcome Assessment
Objectives Duration
Topic Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1.Introductio Lecture  Define what Quality, Intellectual 01 MCQ, SEQ


n to Quality Management Skills
Software is.
Quality
Manageme Group  Describe the basic Team 04 Assignment
nt Discussion concepts and Work
elements of Quality
Management.
 Quality Management
Process,

2.Software Lecture  Describe What Intellectual 01 MCQ, SEQ


310 | P a g e
Quality Software Standards is Skills
Standards and importance of
Standards.

Group  Identify the available Presentatio 04 Assessment


Presentation software standards n Skills,
and their uses. Team work

3.Software Lecture  Define what review Intellectual 01 SEQ


Reviews and inspection is. Skills
 Describe the review
process.

Group  Understand how Team 04 Assignment


Discussion reviews and work,
inspections are used Communic
as mechanism for ation Skills
software Quality
Assurance

4.Software Lecture  Describe software Intellectual 01 SEQ


Measureme measurement and Skills
nt and metrics.
Metrics  Describe control and
predictor metrics.

Group  Understand how Team 04 Assessment


Activity measurement may be work,
helpful in assessing Communic
some software ation Skills
Quality Attributes.
 Current limitations of
software
measurement

5.Software Lecture  Define software Intellectual 01 SEQ,


Testing and testing. Skills
Defect  Define Defects.
analysis
Discussion  Describe the Communic 04 Assessment
importance and the ation Skills
use of software
testing and defect
analysis in relation to
Quality Management

6.Software Lecture  Describe the basic Intellectual 01 SEQ,MCQ

311 | P a g e
Configurati principles of Skills
on Configuration
Manageme Management.
nt
Group work  Understand the Team work 04 Assessment
Processes and
procedures involved
in software change
management.

7.Version Lecture  Define version Intellectual 01 SEQ


Manageme management. Skills
nt

Individual  Discuss the features Intellectual 04 Assessment


Activity of version Skills
management systems.

8.Software Lecture  Define Software Intellectual 01 SEQ


Safety Safety. Skills

Group  Understand the Communic 04 Assessment


discussion importance of ation Skills
software safety,

9.Risk Lecture  Define Risk Intellectual 01 SEQ


Manageme Management. Skills
nt  Describe the basic
principles of risk
management

Practical  Understand the risks IT Skills 04 Assessment


that can be arise in
software projects.

10. Risk Lecture  Describe the process Intellectual 01 SEQ


Manageme of risk management Skills
nt Process

Group  Describe the role of Communic 04 Assessment


Activity risk management on ation
software quality Skills.
management.

11. Software Lecture  Describe software Intellectual 01 SEQ


Documenta documentation Skills
process.
312 | P a g e
tion

Class  Describe the Communic 04 Assessment


Discussion importance of ation
documentation in Skills.
software Quality
management context.

12. Features Lecture  Describe the software Intellectual 01 SEQ


in implementation. Skills
implementa
tion of Practical  Understand the IT Skills 04 Assessment
quality importance features
Manageme in implementation of
t t quality management
13. Software Lecture  Describe the Intellectual 01 SEQ
Quality and relationship between Skills
Testing software Quality
assurance and quality
control with Software
testing

Group  Understand the Team work 04 Assessment


Discussion relationship between
software Quality
assurance and quality
control with Software
testing

14. Revision Discussion  Revision of lesson Intellectual 01 SEQ


and pass done throughout the Skills
paper semester and pass
discussion paper discussion

15. Revision Discussion  Revision of lesson Intellectual 01 SEQ


and pass done throughout the Skills
paper semester and pass
discussion paper discussion

HNDIT2434: Business Analysis - Tools & Processes

Teaching Time
Lesson Outcome Assessment
and Objectives Duration
Topic Addressed Method
Learning (Hours)

313 | P a g e
Method

1. Introduction Lecture  Describe activities of


Intellectual 01 MCQ, SEQ
Business a business analyst Skills
analyst role throughout the stages
of the Software
Development Life
Cycle (SDLC)

Group  Describe skills and Team work 04 Presentation


discussion competencies need /
for business analyst Communic
 Describe business ation skills
analyst process model

2. Introduction Lecture  Describe structured Intellectual 01 MCQ, SEQ


to SSADM system analysis and Skills
designing process.
 Define logical data
modeling, data flow
modeling and entity
event modeling.

Group  Compare and contrast Team work 04 Presentation


discussion SSADM with Object /
oriented analysis and Communic
designing techniques. ation skills
 Describe advantages
and disadvantages of
SSADM

3. Feasibility Lecture  Describe the main Intellectual 1 Hour SEQ


study areas to carry out Skills
feasibility study.
 Describe kickoff
meetings

Group work  Cost benefits analysis Team work 4 Hours Assignment


/ Practical of a project through / IT Skills
payback method and
present value method.
 Use of spread sheets
to measure financial
feasibility

4. Investigation Lecture  Describe various Intellectual 01 SEQ


of current investigation
314 | P a g e
environment techniques Skills

Group work  Discuss practical Team work 04 Assessment


/ Practical capabilities in /
investigation communica
techniques tion skills
 Conduct a formal
interview
 Preparing
questionnaires

5. Business Lecture  Describe the use of Intellectual 01 SEQ,


system business system Skills
options options and different
tools to use in
evaluation options.

Group work  Conduct Team work 04 Assessment


brainstorming /
sessions Communic
 Conduct Cost benefit ation skills
analysis
 Use of Pareto chart

6. Requirement Lecture  Identify various typesIntellectual 01 SEQ,MCQ


specification of diagrams uses in Skills
SSADM
 Define functional and
non-functional
requirements

Practical  Draw document flow IT Skills 04 Assessment


diagrams and Identify
system boundary
 Draw context
diagram for a system

7. Document Lecture  Identify symbols and


Intellectual 01 SEQ
flow rules to draw data Skills
diagrams flow diagrams

Practical  Draw data flow IT Skills 04 Assessment


diagrams of different
levels

8. Document Lecture  Identify symbols and


Intellectual 01 SEQ
flow rules to draw data Skills
flow diagrams

315 | P a g e
diagrams 

Practical  Draw data flow IT Skills 04 Assessment


diagrams of different
levels

9. Elementary Lecture  Identify the features Intellectual 01 SEQ


process to include in an Skills
descriptions elementary process
description

Practical  Write elementary IT Skills 04 Assessment


process descriptions

10. Technical Lecture  Describe the activities Intellectual 01 SEQ


Feasibility, carried out in each Skills
Logical stage (Technical
design, Feasibility, Logical
physical
design, physical
design
design)

Practical  Draw Entity IT Skills 04 Assessment


relationship diagrams
 Use database
management software
to create database

11. Request Lecture  Describe the need of Intellectual 01 SEQ


for change change request Skills
 Identify the features
of a change request
 Importance of change
request in change
management process

Discussion  Prepare change Intellectual 04 Assessment


requests Skills

12. Root Lecture  Describe the use of Intellectual 01 SEQ


Cause Root Cause Analysis, Skills
Analysis,  Cause and effect
Cause and graph, The Five
effect graph, Whys
The Five
Whys
Practical  Case study Intellectual 04 Assessment
Skills

13. Review Lecture  Define software Intellectual 01 SEQ

316 | P a g e
meetings review process Skills
 Describe formal
reviews and informal
reviews
 Describe the software
inspection process

Group  Conduct different Communic 04 Presentation


Discussion review meetings ation skills
 Discuss the
advantages and
disadvantages of
them

14. Draw Group  Revision of lesson Intellectual 05 Assignment


standard Discussion done throughout the Skills
SSADM semester.
diagrams for
a given case
study /
project

15. Revision Discussion  Revision of lesson Intellectual 05 SEQ


and pass done throughout the Skills
paper semester and pass
discussion paper discussion

HNDIT2435: System Analysis Case Study

Teaching
Time
and Outcomes Assessment
Lesson topic Objective Duration
Learning Addressed Method
(Hours)
Method

1. Introducin Lecture  Identify the nature 01 Project


g the and methods of
course unit conducting a software
and development project
explaining
the lecture
and plan of
activities

2. Real world Practical  Identifying the tools 04 Project


Software and materials for

317 | P a g e
Developm software development
ent projects

3. Insights to Lecture  Demonstrate the 01 Final


Successful required tools, Examinatio
Software techniques and n
Developm materials required
ent through examples
Projects

4. Effective Practical  Revision session on 04 Final


utilization lab tools and Examinatio
of tools materials used in n
and previous course units
techniques

5. Principles Team work  Working in teams to 01 Project


of team achieve common
work and goals and objectives
collaborati
on

6. Teamwork Practical  Assigning groups and 04


and explaining the
collaborati responsibilities of
on individuals and teams
and groups.

7. Weekly Lecture  Defining Weekly 01 Project


progress of progress report
project formats and
submission
procedures

8. Weekly Practical  Creating weekly 04 Project


progress progress reports and
report and other project
other milestones using the
milestone prescribed tools and
formats techniques

9. Case Lecture  Read, analyze and 01 Final


Studies evaluate case studies examinatio
n paper

10. Case Practical  Read, analyze and 04


studies evaluate case studies

11. Case Lecture  Read, analyze and 01


318 | P a g e
Studies evaluate case studies

12. Case Practical  Read, analyze and 04


studies evaluate case studies

13. Case Lecture  Read, analyze and 01


Studies evaluate case studies

14. Case Practical  Read, analyze and 04


studies and evaluate case studies
evaluating
the
progress of
project

15. Case Lecture  Read, analyze and 01


Studies evaluate case studies

16. Case Practical  Read, analyze and 04


studies and evaluate case studies.
evaluating  Designing the system
up to
system
design

17. Developi Lecture  Formulate a real 01 Case study


ng case world scenario in to a
studies case study. Designing
the system.

18. Developi Practical  Formulate a real 04 Case study


ng case world scenario in to a
studies case study. Designing
the system.

19. Developi Team  Formulate a real 01 Case study


ng case meeting world scenario in to a
studies case study

20. Developi Team  Formulate a real 04 Case study


ng case meeting world scenario in to a
studies case study

21. Developi Lecture  Formulate a real 01 Case study


ng case world scenario in to a
studies case study

22. Developi Practical  Formulate a real 04 Case study


ng case world scenario in to a

319 | P a g e
studies case study

23. Developi Lecture  Formulate a real 01 Case study


ng case world scenario in to a
studies case study

24. Developi Practical  Formulate a real 04 Case study


ng case world scenario in to a
studies case study.
 Coding the system

25. Checking Team  Programming and 01 Project


the meeting coding the project
programmi
ng of the
project

26. Implemen Practical  Planning the 04 project


tation implementation
planning

27. Testing Team  Evaluating the testing . 01 project


plan meeting of the system

28. System Practical  Conducting final 04 project


testing system testing

29. Presentati Presentation  Conducting a system 01 Presentatio


on presentation to a n
client

30. Closure Presentation  Conducting a system 04 Presentatio


presentation to a n
client

320 | P a g e
Appendix 1

HNDIT Curriculum Revision Proposal with Analysis Report on


HNDIT Diploma Holders Employment Survey- 2011

Introduction

This report and the proposal have been prepared based on the data collected from the survey
done at year 2011 convocation. Target group was HNDIT diploma holders who have just
received their Higher National Diploma Certificates at the convocation. The volume of data
was 81 and the selected students have completed 2 ½ years academic program including the 6
months industrial training. These students completed their respective courses at 6 Advanced
Technological Institutes namely Ampara Hardy ATI, Badulla ATI, Jaffna ATI, Kandy ATI,
Kurunegala ATI and Labuduwa ATI.

Survey Analysis

Analysis according to designations

Designation Type
9
8
7
6
5 Middle Level
4 Front line
3
2 Acadamic
1
0 Other

Chart1-a

321 | P a g e
Analysis Chart
Char
t1-b
According to Dessignations
Refe Number of Employees

rence 35
30
to
25
the 20
Char 15
10
t1- a 5
and 0
Middle Level Front line Acadamic Other
Char
t1-b it can be clearly identified that HNDIT diploma holders were highly demanded for the
Middle level IT jobs than Front line, Academic and Other jobs.

Further there is a clear variation between Front line, Academic and Other jobs at each ATI
locations. For example Kandy ATI and Jaffna ATI passed out students obtained Front line
jobs as well. Kurunegala ATI and Jafnna ATI students obtained Academic jobs also (Please
refer Chart1-a).Analysis according to Sector of Working

Sector of working
16
14
12
10 Government
8
6 Private
4 Semi
2 Entrepreneurs
0

Chart2-a

322 | P a g e
Analysis Chart
Sector of Working

40
No. of 30
Diploma
Holders 20

10

0
Government Private Semi Entrepreneurs

Chart2-b

Reference to the Chart2- a and Chart2-b it can be clearly identified that HNDIT diploma
holders were highly demanded for the Private Sector IT jobs than Government and Semi
Government. It is important to observe that few Diploma Holders were competent enough to
become Entrepreneurs.

Further there is a clear variation between Government, Semi Government, Private Sector and
Entrepreneurs at each ATI locations. For example Kandy ATI and Kurunegala ATI passed
out students were managed to become Entrepreneurs. All ATI students except Ampara ATI
obtained Government jobs (Please refer Char2-a).

Analysis according to Employment Opportunities

323 | P a g e
Analysis Chart
Employment Ratio

60

50

40
No. of 30
Diploma
Holders 20

10

0
Employed Unemployed

Chart3

As the above data set has been collected just after the convocation of year 2011 most of the
diploma holders were just completing their industrial training which indicates the reason of
higher unemployment rate among diploma holders (Please see Chart 3 above).

Therefore based on the above analysis the following recommendations are forwarding
for the new changes in the HNDIT Curriculum.

1. Students should be exposed into more skill development environment through


competency based education system.
2. Present industry demanding subjects should be included in the curriculum.
3. Subjects should be organized into the semesters in order to maintain student interest
to the field.
4. Academic specialization area should be included to cater academic field requirements.
5. To improve the quality of the intake for the HNDIT program device a mechanism
with Ministry of Higher Education (University Grant Commission).

324 | P a g e
Existing Curriculum

The following curriculum should be modified in order to implement student centered


competency based education system.

Detail structure for HNDIT Program (2 ½ years)

1st Semester Contents

Number of Hours
Subject Comments Credit
Theory Practical

IT 1001 Personal Computer 02 04 04


Hardware and System
Operations

IT 1002 Mathematics for 02 02 03


Computing (Tutorials)

IT 1003 Introduction to 03 03 04
Programming

IT 1004 Data Representation and 02 02


Organization

IT 1005 Introduction to Databases 02 02 03


and Relation
Database Management Systems

IT 1006 Communication Skills I 02 01


(Tutorials)

IT 1007 Internet and Applications 02 02 03


And Website Development

IT A001 Office Productivity 01 02 Shifted from 02


Applications Term A

325 | P a g e
2nd Semester Contents

Number of Hours
Subject Comments Credit
Theory Practical

IT 2001 Programming in JAVA 03 03 04

IT 2002 Graphics and Multimedia 02 04 04

IT 2003 Data Structures and 02 02 03


Algorithms

IT 2004 Introduction to 02 02 03
Communications and
Computer Networks

IT 2005 System Analysis and 04 04


Design

IT A003 Communication Skills II 02 01


(Tutorials)

IT A004 PC Maintenance 01 02 02

3rd Semester Contents

Number of Hours
Subject Credit
Theory Practical

IT 3001 Probability and Statistics 02 02

IT 3002 Computer Architecture 02 02 2.5

IT 3003 Business Management 02 01 (Tutorials) 2.5

326 | P a g e
and Quantitative Techniques

IT 3004 Operating Systems and


02 02 03
Computer Security

IT B003 Individual Learning


01 02 02
Content

ITB001: Individual Project 01 06 04

+ 3 existing subjects from


10
Specialization area

IT 2006 Communication Skills III 04(Tutorials) 02

4th Semester Contents

Number of Hours
Subject Credits
Theory Practical

IT 4001 Project Management 02 02

IT 4002 Open Source Systems 02 04 04

IT 4003 IT and Society 02 02

IT 4004 Graduation Project 08 04

+ 3 existing subjects from Specialization area 09

IT B002 Communication Skills IV 02 01 02

 Students are sent to the industry for 6 months according to the present procedure.
 Visiting lecturers will be obtained from the Industry to introduce emerging
technologies in the IT field according to the guidelines given in the
327 | P a g e
HNDITNewSyllabus2011-Consultant’s Final Report and Curriculum for the subjects
ITA001:Office productivity applications, ITA002:Website development, ITA004:PC
maintenance, ITB003:Individual Learning Contract, ITB001: Individual Project.

5th Semester Contents

In-plant Training

Suggestions to implement the curriculum

 One of the objectives of introducing TERM A and B was building relationship with
the industry. To continue that even after merging TERM A and B, it is recommended
to arrange Guest Lectures done under the special rates during the semester. (60 hours
per batch for the course duration).
 Conduct end semester exams for all subjects. (Other than projects)
 Include Teaching Methodology subject for Academic specialization area.
 Industrial Training should be customized as much as possible to suit to the
specialization area.

Lateral entry and exit points

The two lateral exit/entry points that are defined with the existing syllabus have been
implemented with the proposed curriculum as follows.

 A student having completed the prescribed course modules in Semester 1 and


Communication Skills II and PC Maintenance from Semester 2 and having earned the
prescribed minimum number of modular credits will be eligible to claim the exit
qualification “Certificate in Information Technology” from SLIATE.
 A student having completed the prescribed course modules in Semester I, Semester II,
Semester III, and Individual Learning Content, Communication Skills IV from
Semester VI and having earned the prescribed minimum number of modular credits
will be eligible to claim the exit qualification “National Diploma in Information
Technology” from SLIATE.

328 | P a g e
Appendix 2

Ministry of Higher Education

Sri Lanka Institute of Advanced Technological Education (SLIATE)

Guidelines for Internship

Higher National Diploma in Information Technology

329 | P a g e
Higher National Diploma in Information Technology

Overview

The Higher National Diploma in Information Technology (HNDIT) program at the Sri Lanka
Institute of Advanced Technological Education (SLIATE) was developed and originated in
the year 2000 with the objective of generating the middle level IT professionals to fill the
existing human resources quota in the sector. In achieving this objective the diploma program
has been incorporated the Internship in Information Technology in the field of Information
Technology as a compulsory course unit with the minimum duration of 15 consecutive
weeks/540hrs within a period of six months.

The aim of their knowledge is gained from classroom based learning into real life context in
order to improve the ability of self-reflection that they experienced through internship and
learning. The students are required to gain practical experience and exposure in real life
working situations through systematic training and development in the field of Information
Technology

The preferred entities for training are as follows:

 System Analyst
 Business Analyst
 Quality assurance team member
 Software Developers
 Network Administrators
 Associate Network Engineer
 Web developers
 System Administrator
 IT Manager
 Hardware Technicians
 Multimedia Graphic designer

Training institute can be selected either by students or by the SLIATE through NAITA.

330 | P a g e
Objectives

The objectives of the Internship in Information Technology program of SLIATE are:

 To make the diplomats of HNDIT professionalized in Information Technology.


 To develop the practical skills of students in applying theory into practice.
 To enhance the knowledge, skills, attitudes and mindset of diploma holder’s to face
global challenges.
 To provide students with an in-depth knowledge of the formal functional activities of
a participatory organization.
 To prepare students to engage in full time employment in their area of specialization
upon graduation.

Responsibility of Students

 Every student must find a place by herself/himself or through the help of the
institution (SLIATE) and register for the internship course unit by handing over the
specified data sheet prescribed by the institute (SLIATE).
 When approaching training organizations, the letter of introduction issued by the
institute (SLIATE) should be carried by the students.
 Every registered student must keep a Practical Training Record in such a manner as
prescribed by the institute (SLIATE) and the Training Record must be updated at the
end of each working day.
 Training Record Book - The below mentioned areas should be covered in the Training
Record Book.
(i) Cover page indicating the name of the institute, logo, name of the book
(ii) Inner cover page - the sample is given below

Trainee
Full Name
Date of Birth
Address
Registration Number

331 | P a g e
Index Number
Semester 1
Semester 2
Date of passing previous
Semester 3
examinations
Semester 4
Semester 5
Contact Telephone Number
Email Address
Training Organization & Supervision
Name of the Organization
Name of Supervising Member
Qualifications of the Supervising
Member
Contact Telephone Number
Date of Commencement of
training
Academic Supervisor of SLIATE
Name
Qualifications of Academic
Supervisor
Contact Telephone Number
Email Address

Signature of Supervising Member

………………………………………………………………………………………

Signature of Academic Supervisor

……………………………………………………………………………………….

List of training areas to be covered

Areas to be covered during the training are given below.

332 | P a g e
System analyst

 Investigating current applications


 Liaising with users
 Producing software requirements specifications
 Costing new or modified systems
 Working with trainers and technical writers to develop user support materials.
 Testing the product to ensure that it operates satisfactorily
 Handling support and feedback

Business Analyst

 Clients requirements elicitation


 Analysis and business process modeling

Quality assurance team member

 Testing software to ensure the code is correct,


 Fixing ('debugging') errors where they occur,
 Rerunning and rechecking the program until it produces the correct results
 Creating test cases for both functional and non-functional requirements and
documentation

Software Developer

 Reviewing current systems


 Presenting ideas for system improvements, including cost proposals
 Working closely with analysts, designers and staff
 Producing detailed specifications and writing the program codes
 Adapting with latest development of computer programming languages
 Testing the product in controlled, real situations before going live
 Preparation of training manuals for users
 Maintaining the systems once they are up and running
 Willing to change with the technological advancement

333 | P a g e
Network Administrators

 Responsible for designing, organizing, modifying, installing, and supporting a


company's computer systems. Designs and installs LANs, WANs, Internet and
intranet systems, and network segments.
 Install and support LANs, WANs, network segments, Internet, and intranet systems.
 Install and maintain network hardware and software.
 Analyze and isolate issues.
 Monitor networks to ensure security and availability to specific users.
 Evaluate and modify system's performance.
 Identify user needs.
 Determine network and system requirements.
 Maintain integrity of the network, server deployment, and security.
 Ensure network connectivity throughout a company's LAN/WAN infrastructure is on
par with technical considerations.
 Design and deploy networks.
 Perform network address assignment.
 Assign routing protocols and routing table configuration.
 Assign configuration of authentication and authorization of directory services.
 Maintain network facilities in individual machines, such as drivers and settings of
personal computers as well as printers.
 Maintain network servers such as file servers, VPNgateways, intrusion detection
systems.
 Administer servers, desktop computers, printers, routers, switches, firewalls, phones,
personal digital assistants, smartphones, software deployment, security updates and
patches.

Associate Network Engineer

 Software configuration of Commercial CPE(Customer premises equipment) devices


 Ability to use standard IP test sets, OTDR, fiber cleaning tools, ect.
 IP Address management for all Commercial services
 Coordinate and Support connection of Commercial devices, managed by others, to
Metro IP Network/Commercial Network
334 | P a g e
 Adds, moves and changes (MAC) of Commercial devices
 1st call trouble response and resolution of Commercial customer related issues
 Implementation of new Hospitality features and services
 Support of Commercial field trials and new product launch and isolate issues.

Web Developer

 Web developer is responsible for designing, coding and modifying websites, from
layout to function and according to a client's specifications. Strive to create visually
appealing sites that feature user-friendly design and clear navigation.
 Regular exposure to business stakeholders and executive management, as well as the
authority and scope to apply your expertise to many interesting technical problems.
 Candidate must have a strong understanding of UI, cross-browser compatibility,
general web functions and standards.
 The position requires constant communication with colleagues.
 Experience in planning and delivering software platforms used across multiple
products and organizational units.
 Deep expertise and hands on experience with Web Applications and programming
languages such as HTML, CSS, JavaScript, JQuery and API's.
 Deep functional knowledge or hands on design experience with Web Services (REST,
SOAP, etc ..) is needed to be successful in this position.
 Strong grasp of security principles and how they apply to E-Commerce applications.

System Administrator

 Installing hardware and software systems


 Maintaining or repairing equipment
 Troubleshooting a variety of computer issues
 Setting up computer security measures
 Configuring computer networks
 Offering technical support on-site or via phone or email

335 | P a g e
IT Manager

 Speaking to your management team/clients to find out what they want and to advise
them objectively on where IT might make a difference to the business
 Planning the stages of the project and how each affects the business
 Coordinating the project team
 Agreeing costs, timescales and standards to be met and monitoring these throughout
the project
 Adjusting the plans where needed
 Making sure there is a smooth change over from the old system to the new one
 Keeping management and clients updated on progress
 Evaluation of each project stage and once completed

Multimedia Graphic designer

 Creating multimedia products in partnership with business analysts, technical


architects and software programmers
 Creating digital images for the purpose of animation
 Transferring audio/video files to be edited and manipulated digitally
 Creating artwork to be used in video games
 Creating animated sequences using computer software.

Qualities to be checked for above job trainers

 Strong analytical and problem solving skills.


 Strong analysis skills
 Attention to detail
 Team working skills
 Written and verbal communication skills
 Interpersonal skills
 Flexibility
 Adaptability
 Initiative

336 | P a g e
 Experience in the development and implementation of standards, procedures and
guidelines to support operational processes.
 Self-motivated with the ability to prioritize, meet deadlines, and manage changing
priorities
 Proven ability to be flexible and work hard, both independently and in a team
environment, in a high pressure on-call environment with changing priorities.
 Willingness to work occasionally outside of normal business hours.

Rules & regulation

 These rules and regulations are developed by SLIATE so as to ensure the smooth
functioning of the internship. The following are some of the general points.
▪ Upon the requests made by the students, training placements are generally
organized by SLIATE. However, the students are allowed to find their own
placements that should satisfy the requirements of SLIATE. In case of such
arrangements prior approval has to be obtained from SLIATE.
▪ The students are required to submit their placement applications on or before
dates stipulated by SLIATE.
 The students are not permitted to commence their training until they sit for the
Semester four (IV) Examinations.
 The students are not allowed to leave the training organization except in case where
prior approval has been obtained.
 Submission of fraudulent training records will lead to an extension of the training
period. Re-commencement of training or/and any other disciplinary action that are
necessary for the students and the institution will be decided by SLIATE.
 The training period should be extended on a case by case basis in the following
circumstances.
1 A student leaves the training organization without obtaining the prior
approval of SLIATE.
2 A student applies for a placement through SLIATE but fails to accept the
training organization allocated for him/her by SLIATE.
3 A student fails to provide SLIATE with full particulars of his/her Training
where the training placement has been secured by himself/herself.

337 | P a g e
 The results of this module will not be released unless monthly summaries of training
records are submitted.

Instructions for registration

This should cover the allowed time frame for the commencements of training, the need for
carrying a letter of introduction issued by the academic supervisor of the respective section of
SLAITE.

Recording of work done

(You may use the following format and change as required).

Submission of monthly training summary

Students are required to submit a monthly summary of the work done by specifying relevant
areas of work and number of hours worked. The following specimen can be used for this
purpose.

338 | P a g e
Experience Categories
Subjected area Hours

Total Number of Hours Worked


Signature of the Student
Signature of the Supervising Member

Minimum training requirement in specified experience category

The minimum training requirement of consecutive 15 weeks/ 540 hours (90 hours = 1 credit)
should be acquired in accordance with the specified experience categories as given above in
working days.

 The training record should be certified by the immediate supervising member or


her/his authorized representative of the training institution.
 Name of the immediate supervisor must be provided to the institute by the student for
corresponding purpose and other administrative matters.
 Upon commencement of training, students should make sure that they will have an
adequate training to cover the minimum number of training hours requirement (540
hrs.) and specified areas of training in the course within a period of 6 months.
 The trainee may discuss and agree on the tasks/activities with the employer.
 The students are required to be punctual and they should respect and obey the culture,
values and procedures of the training organization.
 The students are required to be well disciplined and behave in such a manner that
would maintain the dignity of the student and the institute.
 The students are not allowed to change the training organization from time to time
unless the prior approval of the institution (SLIATE) has been obtained.

339 | P a g e
Responsibility of the Institute (SLIATE)

a. A separate coordinating office should be established and suitable officers should be


appointed under the guidance of a practical training coordinator.
b. Coordinating office is mainly responsible for monitoring the internship program and
assisting students to find out suitable places for training.
c. As per the set guidelines student evaluation should be done. Marks should be allocated as
follows.

Assessment Method %
Registration and other compliance requirement 10
Maintenance of Training Diary 10
Training Report (written & prepared by student) 20
Continuous progress Review
Progress Review 01 15 marks
Progress Review 02 15 marks 30

Certification given by the supervisor of the


10
organization
Final VIVA test (Progress Report 11) 20
Total marks 100

Method of training report evaluation

Criteria Marks allocated


Completion of the 540 hours in relevant training areas
15
pertaining to the training entity
Overall presentation of the report (neatness, clarity,
05
adhering to guideline)

Method of viva evaluation

Criteria Marks Allocated


Power Point Presentation 05
Communication & Presentation Skills 05
340 | P a g e
Questions & Answers (Issues/
05
Observations/Recommendation)
Compliance with Guidelines 05

d. A detailed guideline for monitoring and the evaluation of students should be


developed based on the above given evaluation criteria.

Responsibility of the Training Organization

a. Training Procedures & Process.

Training organizations are expected to provide the following to the students during their
placement at the organization.

I. Provision of appropriate training facilities, equipment, workstations supplies and


materials and instructions/guidance by competent personnel and imparting work
experience for students to acquire the skill, knowledge and attitudes required for
successful employment.
II. Where possible, rotation of students in accordance with a pre-planned schedule to
ensure they obtain exposure and experience on all the modular units applicable to
their roles as an employee in an organization.
III. Supervision of each student and evaluation of their progress during placement;
monitoring, proper maintenance of progress records by each student; ensuring that
such records are submitted for inspection by authorized personnel of SLIATE.
IV. Release students during normal working hours for activities as may be authorized by
SLIATE.

b. Measuring the Learning Outcomes

The aim of this module is to make the students apply their knowledge gained in classroom
based learning into real life contexts and improve their ability on self-reflection, they
experienced through internship and learning. The following assessment criteria should be
used to assess whether students have reached the aim of the module.

341 | P a g e
I. The assessment on registration and other compliance requirements should be fulfilled
by the students.
II. A review of work carried is based on training hours and areas covered by the student
by referring to training record book.
III. A review of the certificate should be given by the supervisor of the organization with
regard to the student’s performances.
IV. The evaluation is based on a VIVA test.

c. Duration of Work

It should be covered within a period of 6 months from the beginning of semester 6. However
the training requirement is measured in terms of number of training hours obtained. i.e. 540
hours.

Assessment Details

This course unit will be assessed by a combination of various methods including

a. Registration and other compliance requirements (10%)

These 10 marks can be allocated by referring to whether student has registered for
training within the stipulated time period by handing over the specified data sheet.
The specimen of the data sheet should be prepared by the institute by including bio
data, index no, address, telephone and email address, details about the training
organization, both academic and professional qualifications acquired and any other
type of information necessary.

b. Maintenance of Training Diary (10%)

Students are required to comply with guidelines provided by the training authority in
order to complete the training diary and the duly completed training diary should be
presented to the Viva assessment.

c. Training Report (20%)

342 | P a g e
Training report should be developed based on the training diary and it should be in
printed form and in accordance with the guidelines provided by training authority.

d. Continuous progress review (30%)

Implant training progress would be assessed by SLIATE continuously


throughout the training program within two phases;

Phase 1 - Assessment will be done after the completion of 08 weeks of training


(Based on Report)

Phase 2 - Assessment will be done after the completion of 15 weeks of training


(15 marks per each phase)

e. Certification given by the supervisor of the organization (10%)

The following evaluation form which covers mainly the professional expertise
gathered contribution to the training organization and personal development in skills
and attitudes is used to evaluate interns.

Instruction: One of the digits between 10 and 1 (inclusive of both) is to be applied to


evaluate the performance of a student. Supervising Member is requested to use the
following table in order to evaluate the student by marking ‘X‘ in relevant cells under
the main column of ‘Supervisor’s Marks ‘ and against each of the ‘Performance
Evaluation’.

No. Performance Evaluation Supervisor’s Marks Office


1 Professional Expertise Use
1.1 Ability to demonstrate theoretical knowledge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1.2 Ability to demonstrate technical skills 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Knowledge of the firm’s methodologies and
1.3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
procedures
1.4 Work efficiency and accuracy 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2 Contribution to the Firm
2.1 Ability to enhance client/customer relationship 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

343 | P a g e
2.2 Active participation in organizational activities 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3 Development of Skills
3.1 Leadership skills & decision making ability 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3.2 Oral and written communication ability 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3.3 Timeliness 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3.4 Ability to work as a team member 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Total

Any Other Comments:


……………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………

Signature of the Supervising Member/ Senior Officer Official Seal

Date: ……………………..

f. Final VIVA Test (20%) – Base on Progress Review 11

This VIVA test should be carried out by the lecturers of the institute after completion
of training with a view to assess whether the students have acquired the intended
objectives of internship. The students can be given a chance of presenting what they
have learned and giving appropriate answers to the questions asked by the assessing
team. Marks should be allocated based on the quality of presentation at the VIVA.

Viva Board comprises of following members

 Chairman
 HOD (Information Technology)
 Senior Lecturer attached to the relevant Department
 Lecturer from different Department
344 | P a g e
Duration of Viva Presentation

15 minutes for each student

- 10 minutes for the presentation

- 5 minutes for the question and answer

Sri Lanka Institute of Advanced Technological Education

“Janawathu Piyasa”, No.320, T.B. Jaya Mawatha, Colombo 10.

Telephone – 94-11-2691307 / 2691632 /2691307

Fax – 94-11-2691632 / 94-11-2691093

www.sliate.ac.lk

345 | P a g e

You might also like